CLI Commands

Contents

CLI Commands

The Cisco Wireless LAN solution command-line interface (CLI) enables operators to connect an ASCII console to the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller and configure the controller and its associated access points.

Show Commands

This section lists the show commands that you can use to display information about the controller settings and user accounts.

Show AVC Commands

Use show avc commands to display Application Visibility and Control (AVC) settings.

show avc applications

To display all the supported Application Visibility and Control (AVC) applications, use the show avc applications command.

show avc applications

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

AVC uses the Network-Based Application Recognition (NBAR) deep packet inspection technology to classify applications based on the protocol they use. Using AVC, the controller can detect more than 1500 Layer 4 to Layer 7 protocols.

Examples

This example shows how to display all the supported AVC applications:

> show avc applications

Application-Name           App-ID  Engine-ID  Selector-ID   Application-Group-Name
 ================           ======  =========  ===========   ======================
 3com-amp3                    538        3       629        other
 3com-tsmux                   977        3       106        obsolete
 3pc                          788        1        34        layer3-over-ip
 914c/g                      1109        3       211        net-admin
 9pfs                         479        3       564        net-admin
 acap                         582        3       674        net-admin
 acas                         939        3        62        other
 accessbuilder                662        3       888        other
 accessnetwork                607        3       699        other
 acp                          513        3       599        other
 acr-nema                     975        3       104        industrial-protocols
 active-directory            1194       13       473        other
 activesync                  1419       13       490        business-and-productivity-tools
 adobe-connect               1441       13       505        other
 aed-512                      963        3       149        obsolete
 afpovertcp                  1327        3       548        business-and-productivity-tools
 agentx                       609        3       705        net-admin
 alpes                        377        3       463        net-admin
 aminet                       558        3      2639        file-sharing
 an                           861        1       107        layer3-over-ip
----				                     ----       ---     -----       -------------

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile create

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics

debug avc error

debug avc events

show avc profile

To display Application Visibility and Control (AVC) profiles, use the show avc profile command.

show avc profile { summary | detailed profile_name }

Syntax Description

summary

Displays a summary of AVC profiles.

detailed

Displays the details of an AVC profile.

profile_name

Name of the AVC profile. The profile name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of AVC profiles:

> show avc profile summary
 Profile-Name                      Number of Rules
  ============                      ==============
  profile	1                                 3
  avc_profile2                              1

This example shows how to display details of an AVC profile:

> show avc profile detailed
  Application-Name          Application-Group-Name            Action  DSCP
  ================          =======================           ======  ====
  ftp                       file-sharing                       Drop      -
  flash-video               browsing                           Mark     10
  facebook                  browsing                           Mark     10

  Associated WLAN IDs       :
  Associated Remote LAN IDs :
  Associated Guest LAN IDs  :

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile create

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics

debug avc error

debug avc events

show avc statistics application

To display the statistics of an application, use the show avc statistics application command.

show avc statistics application application_name top-users [ downstream wlan | upstream wlan | wlan] [ wlan_id ]}

Syntax Description

application_name

Name of the application. The application name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

top-users

Displays AVC statistics for top application users.

downstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top downstream applications.

wlan

(Optional) Displays AVC statistics of a WLAN.

wlan_id

WLAN identifier from 1 to 512.

upstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top upstream applications.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the AVC statistics of the top clients in WLAN 1 that use FTP as the downstream application:

> show avc statistics application ftp top-users downstream wlan 1

  Client MAC            Client IP        WLAN ID  Packets   Bytes   Avg Pkt  Packets    Bytes       DSCP
  (Up/Down)                                       (n secs) (n secs)  Size    (Total)    (Total)   In  Out
  ===========           =========        ======   =======  =======  ======   =======    =======   === ===
  00:0a:ab:15:00:9c(U) 172.16.31.156        1         16        91     5         43         338     0   0
                   (D) 172.16.31.156        1         22      5911   268         48        6409     0   0
  00:0a:ab:15:00:5a(U) 172.16.31.90         1          7        39     5         13          84     0   0
                   (D) 172.16.31.90         1         12      5723   476         18        5869     0   0
  00:0a:ab:15:00:60(U) 172.16.31.96         1         19       117     6         75        8666     0   0
                   (D) 172.16.31.96         1         19      4433   233         83        9595     0   0
  00:0a:ab:15:00:a4(U) 172.16.31.164        1         18       139     7         21         161     0   0
                   (D) 172.16.31.164        1         23      4409   191         24        4439     0   0
  00:0a:ab:15:00:48(U) 172.16.31.72         1         21      2738   130         21        2738     0   0
                   (D) 172.16.31.72         1         22      4367   198         22        4367     0   0
  00:0a:ab:15:00:87(U) 172.16.31.135        1         11        47     4         49         301     0   0
                   (D) 172.16.31.135        1         12      4208   350         48        7755     0   0
  00:0a:ab:15:00:92(U) 172.16.31.146        1         10        73     7         11          84     0   0
                   (D) 172.16.31.146        1          9      4168   463         11        4201     0   0
  00:0a:ab:15:00:31(U) 172.16.31.49         1         11        95     8         34         250     0   0
                   (D) 172.16.31.49         1         18      3201   177         43        3755     0   0
  00:0a:ab:15:00:46(U) 172.16.31.70         1          7        47     6         20         175     0   0
                   (D) 172.16.31.70         1         10      3162   316         23        3448     0   0
  00:0a:ab:15:00:b3(U) 172.16.31.179        1         10        85     8         34         241     0   0

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile create

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics client

show avc statistics wlan

show avc statistics top-apps

show avc statistics guest-lan

show avc statistics remote-lan

debug avc error

debug avc events

show avc statistics client

To display the client Application Visibility and Control (AVC) statistics, use the show avc statistics client command.

show avc statistics client client_MAC { application application_name | top-apps [ upstream | downstream]}

Syntax Description

client_MAC

MAC address of the client.

application

Displays AVC statistics for an application.

application_name

Name of the application. The application name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

top-apps

Displays AVC statistics for top applications.

upstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top upstream applications.

downstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top downstream applications.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the AVC statistics of an application for a client:

> show avc statistics client 00:0a:ab:15:00:01 application http  
 Description                   Upstream      Downstream
  ===========                   ========      ==========
  Number of Packtes(n secs)         5059            6369
  Number of Bytes(n secs)         170144         8655115
  Average Packet size(n secs)         33            1358
  Total Number of Packtes         131878          150169
  Total Number of Bytes          6054464       205239972
  DSCP Incoming packet                16               0
  DSCP Outgoing Packet                16               0

This example shows how to display the AVC statistics of the top applications for a client:

> show avc statistics client 00:0a:ab:15:00:01 top-apps
  Application-Name           Packets   Bytes    Avg Pkt  Packets    Bytes    DSCP DSCP
      (Up/Down)              (n secs)  (n secs)  Size    (Total)   (Total)    In   Out
  ================           =======   ======   ======   =======   ======    ====  ====
  http                    (U)    6035   637728    105      6035     637728    16    16
                          (D)    5420  7218796   1331      5420    7218796     0     0
  ggp                     (U)    1331  1362944   1024      1331    1362944     0     0
                          (D)       0        0      0         0          0     0     0
  smp                     (U)    1046  1071104   1024      1046    1071104     0     0
                          (D)       0        0      0         0          0     0     0
  vrrp                    (U)     205   209920   1024       205     209920     0     0
                          (D)       0        0      0         0          0     0     0
  bittorrent              (U)     117     1604     13       117       1604     0     0
                          (D)     121    70469    582       121      70469     0     0
  icmp                    (U)       0        0      0         0          0     0     0
                          (D)      72    40032    556        72      40032    48    48
  edonkey                 (U)     112     4620     41       112       4620     0     0
                          (D)     105    33076    315       105      33076     0     0
  dns                     (U)      10      380     38        10        380     0     0
                          (D)       7     1743    249         7       1743     0     0
  realmedia               (U)       2      158     79         2        158    24    24
                          (D)       2       65     32         2         65     0     0

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile create

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics applications

show avc statistics wlan

show avc statistics top-apps

show avc statistics guest-lan

show avc statistics remote-lan

debug avc error

debug avc events

show avc statistics guest-lan

To display the Application Visibility and Control (AVC) statistics of a guest LAN, use the show avc statistics guest-lan command.

show avc statistics guest-lan guest-lan_id { application application_name | top-app-groups [ upstream | downstream] | top-apps [ upstream | downstream]}

Syntax Description

guest-lan_id

Guest LAN identifier from 1 to 5.

application

Displays AVC statistics for an application.

application_name

Name of the application. The application name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

top-app-groups

Displays AVC statistics for top application groups.

upstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top upstream applications.

downstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top downstream applications.

top-apps

Displays AVC statistics for top applications.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the AVC statistics of a guest LAN:

> show avc statistics guest-lan 1
 Application-Name            Packets   Bytes   Avg Pkt  Packets      Bytes
   (Up/Down)                 (n secs) (n secs)  Size    (Total)      (Total)
 ================            =======  ======    ======   ======      =======
 unclassified            (U)  191464    208627     1    92208613  11138796586
                         (D)  63427  53440610   842    16295621   9657054635
 ftp                     (U)    805     72880    90      172939     11206202
                         (D)    911     58143    63      190900     17418653
 http                    (U)  264904  12508288    47    27493945   2837672192
                         (D)  319894  436915253  1365    29850934  36817587924
 gre                     (U)      0         0     0    10158872  10402684928
                         (D)      0         0     0           0            0
 icmp                    (U)      1        40    40         323        98476
                         (D)   7262   4034576   555     2888266   1605133372
 ipinip                  (U)  62565  64066560  1024    11992305  12280120320
                         (D)      0         0     0           0            0
 imap                    (U)   1430     16798    11      305161      3795766
                         (D)   1555    576371   370      332290    125799465
 irc                     (U)      9        74     8        1736         9133
                         (D)     11       371    33        1972       173381
 nntp                    (U)     22       158     7        1705         9612
                         (D)     22       372    16        2047       214391

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile create

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics client

show avc statistics wlan

show avc statistics top-apps

show avc statistics applications

show avc statistics remote-lan

debug avc error

debug avc events

show avc statistics remote-lan

To display the Application Visibility and Control (AVC) statistics of a remote LAN, use the show avc statistics remote-lan command.

show avc statistics remote-lan remote-lan_id{ application application_name | top-app-groups [ upstream | downstream] | top-apps [ upstream | downstream]}

Syntax Description

remote-lan_id

Remote LAN identifier from 1 to 512.

application

Displays AVC statistics for an application.

application_name

Name of the application. The application name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

top-app-groups

Displays AVC statistics for top application groups.

upstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top upstream applications.

downstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top downstream applications.

top-apps

Displays AVC statistics for top applications.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the AVC statistics of a remote LAN:

> show avc statistics remote-lan 1
 Application-Name            Packets   Bytes   Avg Pkt  Packets      Bytes
   (Up/Down)                 (n secs) (n secs)  Size    (Total)      (Total)
 ================            =======  ======    ======   ======      =======
 unclassified            (U)  191464    208627     1    92208613  11138796586
                         (D)  63427  53440610   842    16295621   9657054635
 ftp                     (U)    805     72880    90      172939     11206202
                         (D)    911     58143    63      190900     17418653
 http                    (U)  264904  12508288    47    27493945   2837672192
                         (D)  319894  436915253  1365    29850934  36817587924
 gre                     (U)      0         0     0    10158872  10402684928
                         (D)      0         0     0           0            0
 icmp                    (U)      1        40    40         323        98476
                         (D)   7262   4034576   555     2888266   1605133372
 ipinip                  (U)  62565  64066560  1024    11992305  12280120320
                         (D)      0         0     0           0            0
 imap                    (U)   1430     16798    11      305161      3795766
                         (D)   1555    576371   370      332290    125799465
 irc                     (U)      9        74     8        1736         9133
                         (D)     11       371    33        1972       173381
 nntp                    (U)     22       158     7        1705         9612
                         (D)     22       372    16        2047       214391

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile create

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics client

show avc statistics wlan

show avc statistics top-apps

show avc statistics guest-lan

show avc statistics applications

debug avc error

debug avc events

show avc statistics top-apps

To display the Application Visibility and Control (AVC) statistics for the top applications, use the show avc statistics top-apps command.

show avc statistics top-apps[ upstream | downstream]

Syntax Description

upstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top upstream applications.

downstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top downstream applications.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the AVC statistics for the top applications:

> show avc statistics top-apps
 Application-Name             Packets     Bytes   Avg Pkt     Packets         Bytes
    (Up/Down)                 (n secs)   (n secs)  Size       (Total)        (Total)
 ================             =======    =======  =======     =======        ========
 http                    (U)   204570   10610912     51      28272539      2882294016
                         (D)   240936  327624221   1359      30750570     38026889010
 realmedia               (U)      908      62154     68        400698        26470359
                         (D)   166694  220522943   1322      35802836     47131836785
 mpls-in-ip              (U)    77448   79306752   1024      10292787     10539813888
                         (D)        0          0      0             0               0
 fire                    (U)    70890   72591360   1024      10242484     10488303616
                         (D)        0          0      0             0               0
 pipe                    (U)    68296   69935104   1024      10224255     10469637120
                         (D)        0          0      0             0               0
 gre                     (U)    60982   62445568   1024      10340221     10588386304
                         (D)        0          0      0             0               0
 crudp                   (U)    26430   27064320   1024      10109812     10352447488
                         (D)        0          0      0             0               0
 rtp                     (U)        0          0      0             0               0
                         (D)     7482    9936096   1328       2603923      3458009744
 icmp                    (U)        0          0      0           323           98476
                         (D)    10155    5640504    555       2924693      1625363564

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile create

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics client

show avc statistics wlan

show avc statistics applications

show avc statistics guest-lan

show avc statistics remote-lan

debug avc error

debug avc events

show avc statistics wlan

To display the Application Visibility and Control (AVC) statistics of a WLAN, use the show avc statistics wlan command.

show avc statistics wlan wlan_id { application application_name | top-app-groups [ upstream | downstream] | top-apps [ upstream | downstream]}

Syntax Description

wlan_id

WLAN identifier from 1 to 512.

application

Displays AVC statistics for an application.

application_name

Name of the application. The application name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

top-app-groups

Displays AVC statistics for top application groups.

upstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top upstream applications.

downstream

(Optional) Displays statistics of top downstream applications.

top-apps

Displays AVC statistics for top applications.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the AVC statistics of a WLAN:

> show avc statistics wlan 1
 Application-Name            Packets   Bytes   Avg Pkt  Packets      Bytes
   (Up/Down)                 (n secs) (n secs)  Size    (Total)      (Total)
 ================            =======  ======    ======   ======      =======
 unclassified            (U)  191464    208627     1    92208613  11138796586
                         (D)  63427  53440610   842    16295621   9657054635
 ftp                     (U)    805     72880    90      172939     11206202
                         (D)    911     58143    63      190900     17418653
 http                    (U)  264904  12508288    47    27493945   2837672192
                         (D)  319894  436915253  1365    29850934  36817587924
 gre                     (U)      0         0     0    10158872  10402684928
                         (D)      0         0     0           0            0
 icmp                    (U)      1        40    40         323        98476
                         (D)   7262   4034576   555     2888266   1605133372
 ipinip                  (U)  62565  64066560  1024    11992305  12280120320
                         (D)      0         0     0           0            0
 imap                    (U)   1430     16798    11      305161      3795766
                         (D)   1555    576371   370      332290    125799465
 irc                     (U)      9        74     8        1736         9133
                         (D)     11       371    33        1972       173381
 nntp                    (U)     22       158     7        1705         9612
                         (D)     22       372    16        2047       214391

This example shows how to display the AVC statistics of an FTP application for a WLAN:

> show avc statistics wlan 1 application ftp
 Description                     Upstream    Downstream
  ===========                     ========    ==========
  Number of Packtes(n secs)              0             0
  Number of Bytes(n secs)                0             0
  Average Packet size(n secs)            0             0
  Total Number of Packtes            32459         64888
  Total Number of Bytes                274      94673983

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile create

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics client

show avc statistics applications

show avc statistics top-apps

show avc statistics guest-lan

show avc statistics remote-lan

debug avc error

debug avc events

Show CAC Commands

Use the show cac commands to display Call Admission Control (CAC) voice and video summary and statistics.

show cac voice stats

To view the detailed voice CAC statistics of the 802.11a or 802.11b radio, use the show cac voice stats command.

show cac voice stats { 802.11a | 802.11b}

Syntax Description

802.11a

Displays detailed voice CAC statistics for 802.11a.

802.11b

Displays detailed voice CAC statistics for 802.11b/g.

Examples

This example shows how to view the detailed voice CAC statistics for the 802.11b radio:

> show cac voice stats 802.11b

WLC Voice Call Statistics for 802.11b Radio

WMM TSPEC CAC Call Stats
  Total num of Calls in progress................. 0
  Num of Roam Calls in progress.................. 0
  Total Num of Calls Admitted.................... 0
  Total Num of Roam Calls Admitted............... 0
  Total Num of exp bw requests received.......... 0
  Total Num of exp bw requests Admitted.......... 0
  Total Num of Calls Rejected.................... 0
  Total Num of Roam Calls Rejected............... 0
  Num of Calls Rejected due to insufficent bw.... 0
  Num of Calls Rejected due to invalid params.... 0
  Num of Calls Rejected due to PHY rate.......... 0
  Num of Calls Rejected due to QoS policy........ 0
SIP CAC Call Stats
  Total Num of Calls in progress................. 0
  Num of Roam Calls in progress.................. 0
  Total Num of Calls Admitted.................... 0
  Total Num of Roam Calls Admitted............... 0
  Total Num of Preferred Calls Received.......... 0
  Total Num of Preferred Calls Admitted.......... 0
  Total Num of Ongoing Preferred Calls........... 0
  Total Num of Calls Rejected(Insuff BW)......... 0
  Total Num of Roam Calls Rejected(Insuff BW).... 0
KTS based CAC Call Stats
  Total Num of Calls in progress................. 0
  Num of Roam Calls in progress.................. 0
  Total Num of Calls Admitted.................... 0
  Total Num of Roam Calls Admitted............... 0
  Total Num of Calls Rejected(Insuff BW)......... 0
  Total Num of Roam Calls Rejected(Insuff BW).... 0

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice

config 802.11 cac defaults

config 802.11 cac defaults

config 802.11 cac video

config 802.11 cac multimedia

show cac voice summary

show cac video stats

show cac video summary

show cac voice summary

To view the list of all APs with brief voice statistics (includes bandwidth used, maximum bandwidth available, and the number of calls information), use the show cac voice summary command.

show cac voice summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the list of all APs with brief voice statistics:


> show cac voice summary 
    AP Name         Slot#   Radio  BW Used/Max  Calls
-----------------  -------  -----  -----------  -----
APc47d.4f3a.3547     0      11b/g     0/23437    0
					 1      11a    1072/23437    1

Related Commands

show mesh cac

show cac video stats

To view the detailed video CAC statistics of the 802.11a or 802.11b radio, use the show cac video stats command.

show cac video stats { 802.11a | 802.11b}

Syntax Description

802.11a

Displays detailed video CAC statistics for 802.11a.

802.11b

Displays detailed video CAC statistics for 802.11b/g.

Examples

This example shows how to view the detailed video CAC statistics for the 802.11b radio:

> show cac video stats 802.11b

WLC Video Call Statistics for 802.11b Radio

WMM TSPEC CAC Call Stats
  Total num of Calls in progress................. 0
  Num of Roam Calls in progress.................. 0
  Total Num of Calls Admitted.................... 0
  Total Num of Roam Calls Admitted............... 0
  Total Num of Calls Rejected.................... 0
  Total Num of Roam Calls Rejected............... 0
  Num of Calls Rejected due to insufficent bw.... 0
  Num of Calls Rejected due to invalid params.... 0
  Num of Calls Rejected due to PHY rate.......... 0
  Num of Calls Rejected due to QoS policy........ 0
SIP CAC Call Stats
  Total Num of Calls in progress................. 0
  Num of Roam Calls in progress.................. 0
  Total Num of Calls Admitted.................... 0
  Total Num of Roam Calls Admitted............... 0
  Total Num of Calls Rejected(Insuff BW)......... 0
  Total Num of Roam Calls Rejected(Insuff BW).... 0

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice

config 802.11 cac defaults

config 802.11 cac video

config 802.11 cac multimedia

show cac voice stats

show cac voice summary

show cac video stats

show cac video summary

config 802.11 cac video load-based

config 802.11 cac video cac-method

config 802.11 cac video sip

show cac video summary

To view the list of all access points with brief video statistics (includes bandwidth used, maximum bandwidth available, and the number of calls information), use the show cac video summary command.

show cac video summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Examples

This example shows how to display the list of all access points with brief video statistics:

> show cac video summary 

    AP Name         Slot#   Radio  BW Used/Max  Calls
-----------------  -------  -----  -----------  -----
AP001b.d571.88e0     0      11b/g     0/10937    0
                     1      11a       0/18750    0
AP5_1250             0      11b/g     0/10937    0
                     1      11a       0/18750    0

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice

config 802.11 cac defaults

config 802.11 cac video

config 802.11 cac multimedia

show cac voice stats

show cac voice summary

show cac video stats

show cac video summary

config 802.11 cac video load-based

config 802.11 cac video cac-method

config 802.11 cac video sip

Show Client Commands

Use the show client commands to see client settings.

show client calls

To display the total number of active or rejected calls on the controller, use the show client calls command.

show client calls { active | rejected} { 802.11a | 802.11bg | all}

Syntax Description

active

Displays active calls.

rejected

Displays rejected calls.

802.11a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

802.11bg

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

all

Specifies both the 802.11a and 802.11b/g network.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the active client calls on an 802.11a network:


> show client calls active 802.11a
Client MAC               Username         Total Call            AP Name         Radio Type
                                         Duration (sec)
--------------------    ---------         ----------       ---------------      ----------
00:09: ef: 02:65:70        abc               45            VJ-1240C-ed45cc        802.11a
00:13: ce: cc: 51:39       xyz               45                AP1130-a416        802.11a
00:40:96: af: 15:15        def               45                AP1130-a416        802.11a
00:40:96:b2:69: df         def               45                AP1130-a416        802.11a
Number of Active Calls ------------------------------------ 4

Related Commands

debug voice-diag

show client roam-history

To display the roaming history of a specified client, use the show client roam-history command.

show client roam-history mac_address

Syntax Description

mac_address

Client MAC address.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the roaming history of a specified client:

> show client roam-history 00:14:6c:0a:57:77

show client summary

To display a summary of clients associated with a Cisco lightweight access point, use the show client summary command.

show client summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The show client ap command may list the status of automatically disabled clients. Use the show exclusionlist command to display clients on the exclusion list (blacklisted).

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of the active clients:


> show client summary
Number of Clients................................ 24
Number of PMIPV6 Clients......................... 200
MAC Address       AP Name           Status        WLAN/GLAN/RLAN Auth Protocol         Port Wired  PMIPV6
----------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------- ---- ---------------- ---- -----		------

00:00:15:01:00:01 NMSP-TalwarSIM1-2 Associated    1              Yes  802.11a          13   No      Yes
00:00:15:01:00:02 NMSP-TalwarSIM1-2 Associated    1              Yes  802.11a          13   No      No
00:00:15:01:00:03 NMSP-TalwarSIM1-2 Associated    1              Yes  802.11a          13   No      Yes
00:00:15:01:00:04 NMSP-TalwarSIM1-2 Associated    1              Yes  802.11a          13   No      No

Related Commands

show client summary guest-lan

show client summary guest-lan

To display the active wired guest LAN clients, use the show client summary guest-lan command.

show client summary guest-lan

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of the active wired guest LAN clients:


> show client summary guest-lan 
Number of Clients................................ 1
MAC Address       AP Name      Status         WLAN  Auth   Protocol  Port Wired
-----------       ---------    ----------     ----  ----   --------  ---- -----
00:16:36:40:ac:58  N/A         Associated        1    No      802.3     1   Yes

Related Commands

show client summary

show client tsm

To display the client traffic stream metrics (TSM) statistics, use the show client tsm command.

show client tsm 802.11{ a | b} client_mac { ap_mac | all}

Syntax Description

802.11a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

802.11b

Specifies the 802.11 b/g network.

client_mac

MAC address of the client.

ap_mac

MAC address of the tsm access point.

all

Specifies the list of all access points to which the client has associations.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the client’s TSM for the 802.11a network:


> show client tsm 802.11a xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx all
AP Interface MAC: 00:0b:85:01:02:03
Client Interface Mac:               00:01:02:03:04:05
Measurement Duration:               90 seconds
  Timestamp                           1st Jan 2006, 06:35:80
    UpLink Stats
    ================
       Average Delay (5sec intervals)............................35
       Delay less than 10 ms.....................................20
       Delay bet 10 - 20 ms......................................20
       Delay bet 20 - 40 ms......................................20
       Delay greater than 40 ms..................................20
      Total packet Count.........................................80
      Total packet lost count (5sec).............................10
      Maximum Lost Packet count(5sec)............................5
      Average Lost Packet count(5secs)...........................2
    DownLink Stats
    ================
       Average Delay (5sec intervals)............................35
       Delay less than 10 ms.....................................20
       Delay bet 10 - 20 ms......................................20
       Delay bet 20 - 40 ms......................................20
       Delay greater than 40 ms..................................20
      Total packet Count.........................................80
      Total packet lost count (5sec).............................10
      Maximum Lost Packet count(5sec)............................5
      Average Lost Packet count(5secs)...........................2

Related Commands

show client ap

show client detail

show client summary

show client username

To display the client data by the username, use the show client username command.

show client username username

Syntax Description

username

Client’s username.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the detailed information for a client by name:


> show client username IT_007
MAC Address        AP ID   Status         WLAN Id    Authenticated
-----------------  ------  -------------  ---------  -------------
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx  1       Associated     1          No

Related Commands

show client ap

show client detail

show client summary

show client voice-diag

To display voice diagnostics statistics, use the show client voice-diag command.

show client voice-diag { quos-map | roam-history | rssi | status | tspec}

Syntax Description

quos-map

Displays information about the QoS/DSCP mapping and packet statistics in each of the four queues: VO, VI, BE, BK. The different DSCP values are also displayed.

roam-history

Displays information about the last 3 roaming history. The output contains the Timestamp, access point associated with roaming, roaming reason, and if there is a roaming failure, reason for roaming-failure.

rssi

Displays the client’s RSSI values in the last 5 seconds when voice diagnostics are enabled.

status

Displays status of voice diagnostics for clients.

tspec

Displays TSPEC for voice diagnostic clients.

Command Default

None.

Examples

Examples

This example shows how to display the status of voice diagnostics for clients:


> show client voice-diag status
Voice Diagnostics Status: FALSE

Related Commands

show client ap

show client detail

show client summary

debug voice-diag

show flow exporter

To display the details or the statistics of the flow exporter, use the show flow exporter command.

show flow exporter { summary | statistics}

Syntax Description

summary

Displays summary of flow exporter.

statistics

Displays the statistics of flow exporters such as number of records sent, time when the last record was sent.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the flow exporter details:

> show flow exporter summary
 Exporter-Name            Exporter-IP     Port
  =============            ===========     =====
  expo1                    9.9.120.115       800

Related Commands

show flow monitor

config flow

config wlan flow

show flow monitor summary

To display the details of the NetFlow monitor, use the show flow monitor summary command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Netflow record monitoring and export are used for integration with an NMS or any Netflow analysis tool.

Examples

This example shows how to display the details of the NetFlow monitor:

> show flow monitor summary
Monitor-Name             Exporter-Name            Exporter-IP      Port  Record Name
============             =============            ===========      ====  ===========
 mon1                     expo1                   9.9.120.115     800 ipv4_client_app_flow_record

Related Commands

show flow exporter

config flow

config wlan flow

Show mDNS Commands

Use the show mdns commands to display information about Multicast DNS (mDNS).

show mdns profile

To display mDNS profile information, use the show mdns profile command.

show mdns profile { summary | detailed profile-name}

Syntax Description

summary

Displays the summary of the mDNS profiles.

detailed

Displays details of an mDNS profile.

profile-name

Name of the mDNS profile.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the summary of all the mDNS profiles:

> show mdns profile summary
Number of Profiles............................... 2

ProfileName                       No. Of Services
--------------------------------  ---------------
default-mdns-profile                   5
profile1                               2

This example shows how to display the detailed information of an mDNS profile:

> show mdns profile detailed default-mdns-profile

Profile Name..................................... default-mdns-profile
Profile Id....................................... 1
No of Services................................... 5
Services......................................... AirPrint
                                                  AppleTV
                                                  HP_Photosmart_Printer_1
                                                  HP_Photosmart_Printer_2
                                                  Printer

No. Interfaces Attached.......................... 0
No. Interface Groups Attached.................... 0
No. Wlans Attached............................... 1
Wlan Ids......................................... 1


Related Commands

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

config mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

show mnds service

To display mDNS service information, use the show mnds service command.

show mnds service { summary | detailed service-name}

Syntax Description

summary

Displays the summary of all mDNS services.

detailed

Displays details of an mDNS service.

service-name

Name of the mDNS service.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the summary of the mDNS services:

> show mnds service summary
Number of Services............................... 5

Service-Name                     Service-string
-------------------------------- ---------------
AirPrint                           _ipp._tcp.local.
AppleTV                            _airplay._tcp.local.
HP_Photosmart_Printer_1            _universal._sub._ipp._tcp.local.
HP_Photosmart_Printer_2            _cups._sub._ipp._tcp.local.
Printer                            _printer._tcp.local.

This example shows how to display the details of an mDNS service:

> show mnds service detailed  AirPrint
Service Name..................................... AirPrint
Service Id....................................... 1
Service query status............................. Enabled
Number of Profiles............................... 2
Profile.......................................... student-profile
																																																		guest-profile

Number of Service Providers ..................... 2
Service Provider					MAC-Address									VLAN					Type
----------------					-----------							-------				----
user1																60:33:4b:2b:a6:9a				104					Wired
laptopa														00:21:1b:ea:36:60				105					Wireless

Related Commands

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

config mdns profile

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

Show Radio Frequency ID Commands

Use the show rfid commands to display radio frequency ID settings.

show rfid client

To display the radio frequency identification (RFID) tags that are associated to the controller as clients, use the show rfid client command.

show rfid client

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

When the RFID tag is not in client mode, the above fields are blank.

Examples

This example shows how to display the RFID tag that is associated to the controller as clients:


> show rfid client
------------------ 	-------- --------- ----------------- ------ ----------------
                         			 	 	 	 	 Heard
   RFID Mac      	 			 	 VENDOR   Sec Ago    Associated AP    Chnl    Client State
------------------ 	-------- --------- ----------------- ------ ----------------
00:14:7e:00:0b:b1 	 	 Pango 	 	 	 	 	 35  	 	 AP0019.e75c.fef4 	 	 1  	 	 	 	 Probing 


Related Commands

config rfid status

config rfid timeout

show rfid config

show rfid detail

show rfid summary

show rfid config

To display the current radio frequency identification (RFID) configuration settings, use the show rfid config command.

show rfid config

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the current RFID configuration settings:


> show rfid config
RFID Tag Data Collection ............................... Enabled
RFID Tag Auto-Timeout .................................. Enabled
RFID Client Data Collection ............................ Disabled
RFID Data Timeout ...................................... 200 seconds

Related Commands

config rfid status

config rfid timeout

show rfid client

show rfid detail

show rfid summary

show rfid detail

To display detailed radio frequency identification (RFID) information for a specified tag, use the show rfid detail command.

show rfid detail mac_address

Syntax Description

mac_address

MAC address of an RFID tag.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display detailed RFID information:


> show rfid detail 00:12:b8:00:20:52
RFID address..................................... 00:12:b8:00:20:52
Vendor........................................... G2
Last Heard....................................... 51 seconds ago 
Packets Received................................. 2
Bytes Received................................... 324
Cisco Type.......................................
Content Header
=================
Version.......................................... 0
Tx Power......................................... 12 dBm
Channel.......................................... 1
Reg Class........................................ 12
Burst Length..................................... 1
CCX Payload
===========
Last Sequence Control............................ 0
Payload length................................... 127
Last Sequence Control............................ 0
Payload length................................... 127
Payload Data Hex Dump
01 09 00 00 00 00 0b 85 52 52 52 02 07 4b ff ff
7f ff ff ff 03 14 00 12 7b 10 48 53 c1 f7 51 4b
50 ba 5b 97 27 80 00 67 00 01 03 05 01 42 34 00
00 03 05 02 42 5c 00 00 03 05 03 42 82 00 00 03
05 04 42 96 00 00 03 05 05 00 00 00 55 03 05 06
42 be 00 00 03 02 07 05 03 12 08 10 00 01 02 03
04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 03 0d 09 03
08 05 07 a8 02 00 10 00 23 b2 4e 03 02 0a 03
Nearby AP Statistics:
lap1242-2(slot 0, chan 1) 50 seconds ag.... -76 dBm
lap1242(slot 0, chan 1) 50 seconds ago..... -65 dBm

Related Commands

config rfid status

config rfid timeout

show rfid config

show rfid client

show rfid summary

show rfid summary

To display a summary of the radio frequency identification (RFID) information for a specified tag, use the show rfid summary command.

show rfid summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of RFID information:


> show rfid summary
Total Number of RFID   : 5
----------------- -------- ------------------ ------ ---------------------
     RFID ID      VENDOR       Closest AP      RSSI  Time Since Last Heard
----------------- -------- ------------------ ------ ---------------------
00:04:f1:00:00:04 Wherenet ap:1120             -51      858 seconds ago
00:0c:cc:5c:06:d3 Aerosct  ap:1120             -51       68 seconds ago
00:0c:cc:5c:08:45 Aerosct  AP_1130             -54      477 seconds ago
00:0c:cc:5c:08:4b Aerosct  wolverine           -54      332 seconds ago
00:0c:cc:5c:08:52 Aerosct  ap:1120             -51      699 seconds ago

Related Commands

config rfid status

config rfid timeout

show rfid client

show rfid detail

show rfid config

Other Show Commands

This section lists the other show commands to display controller settings.

show 802.11 cu-metrics

To display access point channel utilization metrics, use the show 802.11 cu-metrics command.

show 802.11{ a | b} cu-metrics cisco_ap

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

cisco_ap

Access point name.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display AP channel utilization metrics of the AP myAP1:


> show 802.11a cu-metrics AP1
AP Interface Mac:           30:37:a6:c8:8a:50
Measurement Duration:       90sec
 Timestamp               Thu Jan 27 09:08:48 2011
   Channel Utilization stats
   ================
     Picc (50th Percentile)...................... 0
     Pib (50th Percentile)....................... 76
     Picc (90th Percentile)...................... 0
     Pib (90th Percentile)....................... 77
 Timestamp               Thu Jan 27 09:34:34 2011

show advanced 802.11 l2roam

To display 802.11a or 802.11b/g Layer 2 client roaming information, use the show advanced 802.11 l2roam command.

show advanced 802.11{ a | b} l2roam { rf-param | statistics} mac_address}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

rf-param

Specifies the Layer 2 frequency parameters.

statistics

Specifies the Layer 2 client roaming statistics.

mac_address

MAC address of the client.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display 802.11b Layer 2 client roaming information:


> show advanced 802.11b l2roam rf-param

L2Roam 802.11bg RF Parameters.....................
    Config Mode.................................. Default
    Minimum RSSI................................. -85
    Roam Hysteresis.............................. 2
    Scan Threshold............................... -72
    Transition time.............................. 5

Related Commands

config 802.11 l2roam rf-params

show advanced send-disassoc-on-handoff

To display whether the WLAN controller disassociates clients after a handoff, use the show advanced send-disassoc-on-handoff command.

show advanced send-disassoc-on-handoff

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the disassociated clients after a handoff:


> show advanced send-disassoc-on-handoff
Send Disassociate on Handoff..................... Disabled

show advanced sip-preferred-call-no

To display the list of preferred call numbers, use the show advanced sip-preferred-call-no command.

show advanced sip-preferred-call-no

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the list of preferred call numbers:


> show advanced sip-preferred-call-no
Preferred Call Numbers List
Call Index            Preferred Call No
-----------           ------------------
1                      911
2                      100
3                      101
4                      102
5                      103
6                      104

show advanced sip-snooping-ports

To display the port range for call snooping, use the show advanced sip-snooping-ports command.

show advanced sip-snooping-ports

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the call snooping port range:

> show advanced sip-snooping-ports
 SIP Call Snoop Ports: 1000 - 2000

Related Commands

show cac voice stats

show cac voice summary

show cac video stats

show cac video summary

config 802.11 cac video sip

config 802.11 cac voice sip

show advanced sip-preferred-call-no

config advanced sip-snooping-ports

debug cac

show arp kernel

To display the kernel Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache information, use the show arp kernel command.

show arp kernel

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display kernel ARP cache information:


> show arp kernel
IP address       HW type     Flags       HW address            Mask     Device
192.0.2.1        0x1         0x2         00:1A:6C:2A:09:C2     *        dtl0
192.0.2.8        0x1         0x6         00:1E:E5:E6:DB:56     *        dtl0

Related Commands

clear arp

debug arp

show route kernel

show arp switch

To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller MAC addresses, IP addresses, and port types, use the show arp switch command.

show arp switch

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Examples

This example shows how to display Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache information for the switch:


> show arp switch
MAC Address          IP Address         Port      VLAN      Type
------------------- ---------------- ------------ ---- -------------------
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx   xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx  service port    1         
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx   xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx  service port               
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx   xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx  service port               

Related Commands

clear arp

debug arp

show arp kernel

show boot

To display the primary and backup software build numbers with an indication of which is active, use the show boot command.

show boot

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Each Cisco wireless LAN controller retains one primary and one backup operating system software load in nonvolatile RAM to allow controllers to boot off the primary load (default) or revert to the backup load when desired.

Examples

This example shows how to display the default boot image information:


> show boot
Primary Boot Image............................... 3.2.13.0 (active)
Backup Boot Image................................ 3.2.15.0

Related Commands

config boot

show band-select

To display band selection information, use the show band-select command.

show band-select

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display band selection information:

> show band-select
Band Select Probe Response....................... per WLAN enabling
   Cycle Count................................... 3 cycles
   Cycle Threshold............................... 200 milliseconds
   Age Out Suppression........................... 20 seconds
   Age Out Dual Band............................. 60 seconds
   Client RSSI................................... -80 dBm

Related Commands

config band-select

config wlan band-select

show buffers

To display buffer information of the controller, use the show buffers command.

show buffers

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display buffer information of the controller:

> show buffers
Pool[00]: 16 byte chunks
    chunks in pool:    50000
    chunks in use:     9196
    bytes in use:      147136
    bytes requested:   73218 (73918 overhead bytes)
Pool[01]: 64 byte chunks
    chunks in pool:    50100
    chunks in use:     19222
    bytes in use:      1230208
    bytes requested:   729199 (501009 overhead bytes)
Pool[02]: 128 byte chunks
    chunks in pool:    26200
    chunks in use:     9861
    bytes in use:      1262208
    bytes requested:   848732 (413476 overhead bytes)
Pool[03]: 256 byte chunks
    chunks in pool:    3000
    chunks in use:     596
    bytes in use:      152576
    bytes requested:   93145 (59431 overhead bytes)
Pool[04]: 384 byte chunks
    chunks in pool:    6000
    chunks in use:     258
    bytes in use:      99072
    bytes requested:   68235 (30837 overhead bytes)
Pool[05]: 512 byte chunks
    chunks in pool:    18700
    chunks in use:     18667
    bytes in use:      9557504
    bytes requested:   7933814 (1623690 overhead bytes)
Pool[06]: 1024 byte chunks
    chunks in pool:    3500
    chunks in use:     94
    bytes in use:      96256
    bytes requested:   75598 (20658 overhead bytes)
Pool[07]: 2048 byte chunks
    chunks in pool:    1000
    chunks in use:     54
    bytes in use:      110592
    bytes requested:   76153 (34439 overhead bytes)
Pool[08]: 4096 byte chunks
    chunks in pool:    1000
    chunks in use:     47
    bytes in use:      192512
    bytes requested:   128258 (64254 overhead bytes)
Raw Pool:
    chunks in use:     256
    bytes requested:   289575125

show cdp

To display the status of Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and view the details of the CDP protocol, use the show cdp command.

show cdp { neighbors [ detail] | entry all | traffic}

Syntax Description

neighbors

Displays a list of all CDP neighbors on all interfaces.

detail

Displays detailed information of the controller’s CDP neighbors. This command shows only the CDP neighbors of the controller, it does not show the CDP neighbors of the controller’s associated access points.

entry all

Displays all CDP entries in the database.

traffic

Displays CDP traffic information.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the CDP traffic information:

> show cdp
CDP counters :
Total packets output: 0, Input: 0
Chksum error: 0
No memory: 0, Invalid packet: 0,

Related Commands

config cdp

config ap cdp

show ap cdp

show certificate lsc

To verify that the controller has generated a Locally Significant Certificate (LSC), use the show certificate lsc summary command.

show certificate lsc { summary | ap-provision}

Syntax Description

summary

Displays a summary of LSC certificate settings and certificates.

ap-provision

Displays details about the access points that are provisioned using the LSC.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of the LSC:


> show certificate lsc summary
LSC Enabled...................................... Yes
LSC CA-Server.................................... http://10.0.0.1:8080/caserver
LSC AP-Provisioning.............................. Yes
Provision-List............................... Not Configured
LSC Revert Count in AP reboots............... 3
LSC Params:
Country...................................... 4
State........................................ ca
City......................................... ss
Orgn......................................... org
Dept......................................... dep
Email........................................ dep@co.com
KeySize...................................... 390
LSC Certs:
CA Cert...................................... Not Configured
RA Cert...................................... Not Configured

This example shows how to display the details about the access points that are provisioned using the LSC:


> show certificate lsc ap-provision
LSC AP-Provisioning.............................. Yes
Provision-List................................... Present
Idx Mac Address
--- -------------
1 00:18:74:c7:c0:90

Related Commands

config certificate lsc

show certificate compatibility

config certificate

show certificate summary

show local-auth certificates

show certificate ssc

To view the Self Signed Device Certificate (SSC) and hash key of the virtual controller, use the show certificate ssc command.

show certificate ssc

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Examples

This example shows how to display the SSC:

> show certificate ssc
 SSC Hash validation.............................. Enabled.

 SSC Device Certificate details:

         Subject Name :
                 C=US, ST=California, L=San Jose, O=Cisco Virtual Wireless LAN Controller,
                 CN=DEVICE-vWLC-AIR-CTVM-K9-000C297F2CF7, MAILTO=support@vwlc.com

         Validity :
                 Start : 2012 Jul 23rd, 15:47:53 GMT
                 End   : 2022 Jun  1st, 15:47:53 GMT

         Hash key : 5870ffabb15de2a617132bafcd73

Related Commands

show certificate ssc

show mobility group member

config certificate ssc

config mobility group member hash

show certificate summary

To verify that the controller has generated a certificate, use the show certificate summary command.

show certificate summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of the certificate:


> show certificate summary
Web Administration Certificate................. Locally Generated
Web Authentication Certificate................. Locally Generated
Certificate compatibility mode:................ off

Related Commands

config certificate

config certificate lsc

show certificate lsc

show certificate compatibility

show local-auth certificate

show coredump summary

To display a summary of the controller’s core dump file, use the show coredump summary command.

show coredump summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the core dump summary:


> show coredump summary 
Core Dump is enabled
FTP Server IP.................................... 10.10.10.17
FTP Filename..................................... file1
FTP Username..................................... ftpuser
FTP Password.................................. *********

Related Commands

config coredump

config coredump ftp

config coredump username

show cpu

To display current WLAN controller CPU usage information, use the show cpu command.

show cpu

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Examples

This example shows how to display the current CPU usage information:


> show cpu
Current CPU load: 2.50%

show custom-web

To display web authentication customization information, use the show custom-web command.

show custom-web

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the web authentication customization information:


> show custom-web
Radius Authentication Method..................... PAP
Cisco Logo....................................... Enabled
CustomLogo....................................... None
Custom Title..................................... None
Custom Message................................... None
Custom Redirect URL.............................. None
External web authentication Mode................. Disabled
External web authentication URL.................. None

Related Commands

config custom-web weblogo

config custom-web webmessage

config custom-web webtitle

config custom-web weblogo

config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

config custom-web redirectUrl

config custom-web ext-webauth-type

config custom-web ext-webauth-url

show custom-web

show database summary

To display the maximum number of entries in the database, use the show database summary command.

show database summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of the local database configuration:


> show database summary
Maximum Database Entries......................... 2048
Maximum Database Entries On Next Reboot.......... 2048
Database Contents
    MAC Filter Entries........................... 2
    Exclusion List Entries....................... 0
    AP Authorization List Entries................ 1
    Management Users............................. 1
    Local Network Users.......................... 1
        Local Users.............................. 1
        Guest Users.............................. 0
    Total..................................... 5

Related Commands

config database size

show dhcp

To display the internal Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server configuration, use the show dhcp command.

show dhcp { leases | summary | scope}

Syntax Description

leases

Displays allocated DHCP leases.

summary

Displays DHCP summary information.

scope

Name of a scope to display the DHCP information for that scope.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the allocated DHCP leases:


> show dhcp leases
No leases allocated.

This example shows how to display the DHCP summary information:


> show dhcp summary
Scope Name           Enabled           Address Range
003                    No            0.0.0.0 -> 0.0.0.0

This example shows how to display the DHCP information for the scope 003:


> show dhcp 003
Enabled....................................... No
Lease Time.................................... 0
Pool Start.................................... 0.0.0.0
Pool End...................................... 0.0.0.0
Network....................................... 0.0.0.0
Netmask....................................... 0.0.0.0
Default Routers............................... 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
DNS Domain....................................
DNS........................................... 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
Netbios Name Servers.......................... 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0

Related Commands

config dhcp proxy

config dhcp timeout

config interface dhcp

config wlan dhcp server

debug dhcp

debug dhcp service-port

debug disable-all

config dhcp

show dhcp proxy

show dtls connections

To display the Datagram Transport Layer Security (DTLS) server status, use the show dtls connections command.

show dtls connections

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the established DTLS connections:


> show dtls connections
AP Name         Local Port    Peer IP         Peer Port     Ciphersuite
--------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- -----------------------
1130            Capwap_Ctrl   1.100.163.210   23678         TLS_RSA _WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
1130            Capwap_Data   1.100.163.210   23678         TLS_RSA _WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
1240            Capwap_Ctrl   1.100.163.209   59674         TLS_RSA _WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA

show dhcp proxy

To display the status of DHCP proxy handling, use the show dhcp proxy command.

show dhcp proxy

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the status of DHCP proxy information:


> show dhcp proxy 

DHCP Proxy Behavior: enabled

Related Commands

config dhcp proxy

config dhcp timeout

config interface dhcp

config wlan dhcp_server

debug dhcp

debug dhcp service-port

debug disable-all

show dhcp

config dhcp

show dhcp timeout

To display the DHCP timeout value, use the show dhcp timeout command.

show dhcp timeout

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the DHCP timeout value:


> show dhcp timeout 

DHCP Timeout (seconds)................. 10

Related Commands

config dhcp proxy

config dhcp

config interface dhcp

config wlan dhcp_server

debug dhcp

debug dhcp service-port

debug disable-all

show dhcp

show dhcp proxy

show guest-lan

To display the configuration of a specific wired guest LAN, use the show guest-lan command.

show guest-lan guest_lan_id

Syntax Description

guest_lan_id

ID of selected wired guest LAN.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

To display all wired guest LANs configured on the controller, use the show guest-lan summary command.

Examples

This example shows how to display the guest LAN configuration:


> show guest-lan 2
Guest LAN Identifier........................... 1
Profile Name................................... guestlan
Network Name (SSID)............................ guestlan
Status......................................... Enabled
AAA Policy Override............................ Disabled
Number of Active Clients....................... 1
Exclusionlist Timeout.......................... 60 seconds
Session Timeout................................ Infinity
Interface...................................... wired
Ingress Interface.............................. wired-guest
WLAN ACL....................................... unconfigured
DHCP Server.................................... 10.20.236.90
DHCP Address Assignment Required............... Disabled
Quality of Service............................. Silver (best effort)
Security
	Web Based Authentication................... Enabled
	ACL........................................ Unconfigured
	Web-Passthrough............................ Disabled
	Conditional Web Redirect................... Disabled
	Auto Anchor................................ Disabled
Mobility Anchor List
GLAN ID IP Address Status

Related Commands

config guest-lan

config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url

config guest-lan custom-web global disable

config guest-lan custom-web login_page

config guest-lan nac

config guest-lan security

show invalid-config

To see any ignored commands or invalid configuration values in an edited configuration file, use the show invalid-config command.

show invalid-config

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

You can execute this command only before the clear config or save config command.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of any ignored commands or invalid configuration values in a configuration file:


> show invalid-config
config wlan peer-blocking drop 3
config wlan dhcp_server 3 192.168.0.44 required

show inventory

To display a physical inventory of the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show inventory command.

show inventory

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Some wireless LAN controllers may have no crypto accelerator (VPN termination module) or power supplies listed because they have no provisions for VPN termination modules or power supplies.

Examples

This example shows how to display a physical inventory of the controller:


> show inventory
Switch Description............................... Cisco Controller
Machine Model.................................... WLC4404-100
Serial Number.................................... FLS0923003B
Burned-in MAC Address............................ 00:0B:85:32:AB:60
Crypto Accelerator 1............................. Absent
Crypto Accelerator 2............................. Absent
Power Supply 1................................... Absent
Power Supply 2................................... Present, OK

Related Commands

show ap inventory

show license agent

To display the license agent counter and session information on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license agent command.

show license agent { counters | sessions}

Syntax Description

counters

Displays license agent counter information.

sessions

Displays session information.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the license agent counters information:


> show license agent counters
License Agent Counters
Request Messages Received:0: Messages with Errors:0
Request Operations Received:0: Operations with Errors:0
Notification Messages Sent:0: Transmission Errors:0: Soap Errors:0


This example shows how to display the license agent sessions information:


> show license agent sessions
License Agent Sessions: 0 open, maximum is 9

Related Commands

config license agent

clear license agent

show license all

show license detail

show license feature

show license image-level

show license summary

show license all

To display information for all licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license all command.

show license all

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display all the licenses:


> show license all
License Store: Primary License Storage
StoreIndex:  0  Feature: wplus-ap-count   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Permanent
        License State: Inactive
        License Count: 12/0/0
        License Priority: Medium
StoreIndex:  1  Feature: base   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Permanent
        License State: Active, Not in Use
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Medium
StoreIndex:  2  Feature: wplus   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Permanent
        License State: Active, In Use
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Medium
License Store: Evaluation License Storage
StoreIndex:  0  Feature: wplus   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Inactive
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  6 weeks  6 days
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Low
StoreIndex:  1  Feature: wplus-ap-count   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Active, In Use
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  2 weeks  3 days
            Expiry date: Thu Jun 25 18:09:43 2009
        License Count: 250/250/0
        License Priority: High
StoreIndex:  2  Feature: base   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Inactive
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  8 weeks  4 days
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Low
StoreIndex:  3  Feature: base-ap-count   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Active, Not in Use, EULA accepted
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  8 weeks  3 days
        License Count: 250/0/0
        License Priority: Low

Related Commands

license install

show license agent

show license detail

show license feature

show license image-level

show license summary

license modify priority

show license capacity

To display the maximum number of access points allowed for this license on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, the number of access points currently joined to the controller, and the number of access points that can still join the controller, use the show license capacity command.

show license capacity

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the license capacity:


> show license capacity
Licensed Feature    Max Count         Current Count     Remaining Count
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
AP Count            250               47                203

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license feature

show license image-level

show license summary

license modify priority

show license evaluation

show license detail

To display details of a specific license on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license detail command.

show license detail license-name

Syntax Description

license-name

Name of a specific license.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the license details:


> show license detail wplus
Feature: wplus           Period left: Life time
Index:  1       Feature: wplus   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Permanent
        License State: Active, In Use
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Medium
        Store Index: 2
        Store Name: Primary License Storage
Index:  2       Feature: wplus   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Inactive
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  6 weeks  6 days
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Low
        Store Index: 0

Related Commands

license install

show license agent

show license all

show license feature

show license image-level

show license summary

license modify priority

show license expiring

To display details of expiring licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license expiring command.

show license expiring

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the details of the expiring licenses:


> show license expiring
StoreIndex:  0  Feature: wplus   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Inactive
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  6 weeks  6 days
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Low
StoreIndex:  1  Feature: wplus-ap-count   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Active, In Use
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  2 weeks  3 days
            Expiry date: Thu Jun 25 18:09:43 2009
        License Count: 250/250/0
        License Priority: High
StoreIndex:  2  Feature: base   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Inactive
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  8 weeks  4 days
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Low
StoreIndex:  3  Feature: base-ap-count   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Active, Not in Use, EULA accepted
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  8 weeks  3 days
        License Count: 250/0/0
        License Priority: Low

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license in-use

show license summary

license modify priority

show license evaluation

show license evaluation

To display details of evaluation licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license evaluation command.

show license evaluation

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the details of the evaluation licenses:


> show license evaluation
StoreIndex:  0  Feature: wplus   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Inactive
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  6 weeks  6 days
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Low
StoreIndex:  1  Feature: wplus-ap-count   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Active, In Use
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  2 weeks  3 days
            Expiry date: Thu Jun 25 18:09:43 2009
        License Count: 250/250/0
        License Priority: High
StoreIndex:  2  Feature: base   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Inactive
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  8 weeks  4 days
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Low
StoreIndex:  3  Feature: base-ap-count   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Active, Not in Use, EULA accepted
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  8 weeks  3 days
        License Count: 250/0/0
        License Priority: Low

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license in-use

show license summary

license modify priority

show license feature

To display a summary of license-enabled features on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license feature command.

show license feature

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the license-enabled features:


> show license feature 
        Feature name Enforcement  Evaluation  Clear Allowed  Enabled
               wplus         yes         yes            yes      yes
      wplus-ap-count         yes         yes            yes      yes
                base          no         yes            yes       no
       base-ap-count         yes         yes            yes       no

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license image-level

show license in-use

show license summary

show license modify priority

show license evaluation

show license file

To display a summary of license-enabled features on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license file command.

show license file

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Examples

This example shows how to display the license files:


> show license file
License Store: Primary License Storage
  Store Index: 0
    License: 11 wplus-ap-count 1.0 LONG NORMAL STANDALONE EXCL 12_KEYS INFINIT
             E_KEYS NEVER NEVER NiL SLM_CODE CL_ND_LCK NiL *1AR5NS7M5AD8PPU400
              NiL NiL NiL 5_MINS <UDI><PID>AIR-CT5508-K9</PID><SN>RFD000P2D27<
             /SN></UDI> Pe0L7tv8KDUqo:zlPe423S5wasgM8G,tTs0i,7zLyA3VfxhnIe5aJa
             m63lR5l8JM3DPkr4O2DI43iLlKn7jomo3RFl1LjMRqLkKhiLJ2tOyuftQSq2bCAO6
             nR3wIb38xKi3t$<WLC>AQEBIQAB//++mCzRUbOhw28vz0czAY0iAm7ocDLUMb9ER0
             +BD3w2PhNEYwsBN/T3xXBqJqfC+oKRqwInXo3s+nsLU7rOtdOxoIxYZAo3LYmUJ+M
             FzsqlhKoJVlPyEvQ8H21MNUjVbhoN0gyIWsyiJaM8AQIkVBQFzhr10GYolVzdzfJf
             EPQIx6tZ++/Vtc/q3SF/5Ko8XCY=</WLC>
    Comment:
       Hash: iOGjuLlXgLhcTB113ohIzxVioHA=
. . .

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license feature

show license image-level

show license in-use

show license summary

show license evaluation

show license handle

To display the license handles on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license handle command.

show license handle

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the license handles:


> show license handle
Feature: wplus                           , Handle Count: 1
    Units: 01( 0), ID: 0x5e000001, NotifyPC: 0x1001e8f4 LS-Handle (0x00000001),
Units: ( 1)
    Registered clients: 1
        Context 0x1051b610, epID 0x10029378
Feature: base                            , Handle Count: 0
    Registered clients: 1
        Context 0x1053ace0, epID 0x10029378
Feature: wplus-ap-count                  , Handle Count: 1
    Units: 250( 0), ID: 0xd4000002, NotifyPC: 0x1001e8f4        LS-Handle (0x000
00002), Units: (250)
    Registered clients: None
Feature: base-ap-count                   , Handle Count: 0
    Registered clients: None
Global Registered clients: 2
                Context 0x10546270, epID 0x100294cc
                Context 0x1053bae8, epID 0x100294cc

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license feature

show license image-level

show license in-use

show license summary

show license image-level

To display the license image level that is in use on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license image-level command.

show license image-level

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the image level license settings:


> show license image-level
Module name  Image level  Priority  Configured  Valid license
wnbu         wplus        1         YES         wplus
             base         2         NO
 NOTE: wplus includes two additional features: Office Extend AP, Mesh AP.

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license feature

license modify priority

show license in-use

show license summary

show license in-use

To display the licenses that are in use on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license in-use command.

show license in-use

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the licenses that are in use:


> show license in-use
StoreIndex:  2  Feature: wplus   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Permanent
        License State: Active, In Use
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Medium
StoreIndex:  1  Feature: wplus-ap-count   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Active, In Use
            Evaluation total period:  8 weeks  4 days
            Evaluation period left:  2 weeks  3 days
            Expiry date: Thu Jun 25 18:09:43 2009
        License Count: 250/250/0
        License Priority: High

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license feature

show license image-level

show license modify priority

show license summary

show license permanent

show license evaluation

show license permanent

To display the permanent licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license permanent command.

show license permanent

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the permanent license’s information:


> show license permanent
StoreIndex:  0  Feature: wplus-ap-count   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Permanent
        License State: Inactive
        License Count: 12/0/0
        License Priority: Medium
StoreIndex:  1  Feature: base   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Permanent
        License State: Active, Not in Use
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Medium
StoreIndex:  2  Feature: wplus   Version: 1.0
        License Type: Permanent
        License State: Active, In Use
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Medium

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license feature

show license image-level

show license in-use

show license summary

license modify priority

show license evaluation

show license status

To display the license status on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license status command.

show license status

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the license status:


> show license status
                License Type Supported
        permanent  Non-expiring node locked license
        extension  Expiring node locked license
        evaluation Expiring non node locked license
                License Operation Supported
        install    Install license
        clear      Clear license
        annotate   Comment license
        save       Save license
        revoke     Revoke license
                Device status
        Device Credential type: DEVICE
        Device Credential Verification: PASS
        Rehost Type: DC_OR_IC

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license feature

show license image-level

show license in-use

show license summary

license modify priority

show license evaluation

show license statistics

To display license statistics on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license statistics command.

show license statistics

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the license statistics:


> show license statistics
                Administrative statistics
        Install success count:       0
        Install failure count:       0
        Install duplicate count:     0
        Comment add count:           0
        Comment delete count:        0
        Clear count:                 0
c        Save count:                  0
        Save cred count:             0
                Client status
        Request success count     2
        Request failure count     0
        Release count             0
        Global Notify count       0

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license feature

show license image-level

show license in-use

show license summary

license modify priority

show license evaluation

show license summary

To display a brief summary of all licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license summary command.

show license summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a brief summary of all licenses:


> show license summary
Index 1 Feature: wplus
        Period left: Life time
        License Type: Permanent
        License State: Active, In Use
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Medium
Index 2 Feature: wplus-ap-count
        Period left:  2 weeks  3 days
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Active, In Use
        License Count: 250/250/0
        License Priority: High
Index 3 Feature: base
        Period left: Life time
        License Type: Permanent
        License State: Active, Not in Use
        License Count: Non-Counted
        License Priority: Medium
Index 4 Feature: base-ap-count
        Period left:  8 weeks  3 days
        License Type: Evaluation
        License State: Active, Not in Use, EULA accepted
        License Count: 250/0/0
        License Priority: Low

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license feature

show license image-level

show license in-use

show license permanent

license modify priority

show license evaluation

show license udi

To display unique device identifier (UDI) values for licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license udi command.

show license udi

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the UDI values for licenses:


> show license udi
Device# PID                     SN                      UDI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*0      AIR-CT5508-K9           RFD000P2D27             AIR-CT5508-K9:RFD000P2D27

Related Commands

license install

show license all

show license detail

show license expiring

show license feature

show license image-level

show license in-use

show license summary

license modify priority

show license evaluation

show load-balancing

To display the status of the load-balancing feature, use the show load-balancing command.

show load-balancing

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the load-balancing status:


> show load-balancing
Aggressive Load Balancing........................ Enabled
Aggressive Load Balancing Window................. 0 clients
Aggressive Load Balancing Denial Count........... 3
Statistics
Total Denied Count............................... 10 clients
Total Denial Sent................................ 20 messages
Exceeded Denial Max Limit Count.................. 0 times
None 5G Candidate Count.......................... 0 times
None 2.4G Candidate Count..................... 0 times

Related Commands

config load-balancing

show logging

To display the syslog facility logging parameters and buffer contents, use the show logging command.

show logging

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the current settings and buffer content details:


> show logging
Logging to buffer :
- Logging of system messages to buffer :
 - Logging filter level.......................... errors
 - Number of system messages logged.............. 67227
 - Number of system messages dropped............. 21136
- Logging of debug messages to buffer ........... Disabled
 - Number of debug messages logged............... 0
 - Number of debug messages dropped.............. 0
Logging to console :
- Logging of system messages to console :
 - Logging filter level.......................... errors
 - Number of system messages logged.............. 0
 - Number of system messages dropped............. 88363
- Logging of debug messages to console .......... Enabled
 - Number of debug messages logged............... 0
 - Number of debug messages dropped.............. 0
Logging to syslog :
- Syslog facility................................ local0
- Logging of system messages to syslog :
 - Logging filter level.......................... errors
 - Number of system messages logged.............. 67227
 - Number of system messages dropped............. 21136
- Logging of debug messages to syslog ........... Disabled
 - Number of debug messages logged............... 0
 - Number of debug messages dropped.............. 0
- Number of remote syslog hosts.................. 0
  - Host 0....................................... Not Configured
  - Host 1....................................... Not Configured
  - Host 2....................................... Not Configured
Logging of traceback............................. Disabled
Logging of process information................... Disabled
Logging of source file informational............. Enabled
Timestamping of messages.........................
- Timestamping of system messages................ Enabled
 - Timestamp format.............................. Date and Time
- Timestamping of debug messages................. Enabled
 - Timestamp format.............................. Date and Time
 Logging buffer (67227 logged, 21136 dropped)
*Apr 03 09:48:01.728: %MM-3-INVALID_PKT_RECVD: mm_listen.c:5508 Received an invalid
packet from 1.100.163.51. Source member:0.0.0.0. source member unknown.
*Apr 03 09:47:34.194: %LWAPP-3-DECODE_ERR: spam_lrad.c:1271 Error decoding discovery
request from AP 00:13:5f:0e:d4:20
*Apr 03 09:47:34.194: %LWAPP-3-DISC_OTAP_ERR: spam_lrad.c:5554 Ignoring OTAP discovery
request from AP 00:13:5f:0e:d4:20, OTAP is disabled
Previous message occurred 2 times.

Related Commands

config logging syslog host

config logging syslog facility

config logging syslog level

show loginsession

To display the existing sessions, use the show loginsession command.

show loginsession

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the current session details:


> show loginsession
ID    username     Connection From   Idle Time    Session Time
-- ---------------  ---------------  ------------  ------------
00 admin            EIA-232          00:00:00      00:19:04

Related Commands

config loginsession close

show mgmtuser

To display the local management user accounts on the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show mgmtuser command.

show mgmtuser

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of management users:


> show mgmtuser
User Name                 Permissions    Description            Password Strength
-----------------------   ------------   --------------         ------------------
admin                     read-write                                      Weak

Related Commands

config mgmtuser add

config mgmtuser delete

config mgmtuser description

config mgmtuser password

show netuser

To display the configuration of a particular user in the local user database, use show netuser command.

show netuser { detail user_name | guest-roles | summary}

Syntax Description

detail

Displays detailed information about the specified network user.

user_name

Network user.

guest_roles

Displays configured roles for guest users.

summary

Displays a summary of all users in the local user database.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of all users in the local user database:


> show netuser summary
Maximum logins allowed for a given username ........Unlimited


This example shows how to display detailed information on the specified network user:


> show netuser detail john10
username........................................... abc
WLAN Id............................................. Any
Lifetime............................................ Permanent
Description......................................... test user

Related Commands

config netuser add

config netuser delete

config netuser description

config netuser guest-role apply

config netuser wlan-id

config netuser guest-roles

show netuser guest-roles

To display a list of the current quality of service (QoS) roles and their bandwidth parameters, use the show netuser guest-roles command.

show netuser guest-roles

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a QoS role for the guest network user:


> show netuser guest-roles
Role Name.............................. Contractor
	Average Data Rate.................. 10
	Burst Data Rate.................... 10
	Average Realtime Rate.............. 100
	Burst Realtime Rate................ 100
Role Name.............................. Vendor
	Average Data Rate.................. unconfigured
	Burst Data Rate.................... unconfigured
	Average Realtime Rate.............. unconfigured
	Burst Realtime Rate................ unconfigured

Related Commands

config netuser add

config netuser delete

config netuser description

config netuser guest-role apply

config netuser wlan-id

show netuser guest-roles

show netuser

show network

To display the current status of 802.3 bridging for all WLANs, use the show network command.

show network

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the network details:


> show network 

Related Commands

config network

show network summary

show network multicast mgid detail

show network multicast mgid summary

show network summary

To display the network configuration of the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show network summary command.

show network summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary configuration:


> show network summary 
RF-Network Name............................. RF
Web Mode.................................... Disable
Secure Web Mode............................. Enable
Secure Web Mode Cipher-Option High.......... Disable
Secure Web Mode Cipher-Option SSLv2......... Disable
Secure Web Mode RC4 Cipher Preference....... Disable
OCSP........................................ Disabled
OCSP responder URL..........................
Secure Shell (ssh).......................... Enable
Telnet...................................... Enable
Ethernet Multicast Mode..................... Disable   Mode: Ucast
Ethernet Broadcast Mode..................... Disable
Ethernet Multicast Forwarding............... Disable
Ethernet Broadcast Forwarding............... Disable
AP Multicast/Broadcast Mode................. Unicast
IGMP snooping............................... Disabled
IGMP timeout................................ 60 seconds
IGMP Query Interval......................... 20 seconds
MLD snooping................................ Disabled
MLD timeout................................. 60 seconds
MLD query interval.......................... 20 seconds
User Idle Timeout........................... 300 seconds
AP Join Priority............................ Disable
ARP Idle Timeout............................ 300 seconds
ARP Unicast Mode............................ Disabled
Cisco AP Default Master..................... Disable
Mgmt Via Wireless Interface................. Disable
Mgmt Via Dynamic Interface.................. Disable
Bridge MAC filter Config.................... Enable
Bridge Security Mode........................ EAP
Over The Air Provisioning of AP's........... Enable
Apple Talk ................................. Disable
Mesh Full Sector DFS........................ Enable
AP Fallback ................................ Disable
Web Auth CMCC Support ...................... Disabled
Web Auth Redirect Ports .................... 80
Web Auth Proxy Redirect  ................... Disable
Web Auth Captive-Bypass   .................. Disable
Web Auth Secure Web  ....................... Enable
Fast SSID Change ........................... Disabled
AP Discovery - NAT IP Only ................. Enabled
IP/MAC Addr Binding Check .................. Enabled
CCX-lite status ............................ Disable
oeap-600 dual-rlan-ports ................... Disable
oeap-600 local-network ..................... Enable
mDNS snooping............................... Disabled
mDNS Query Interval......................... 15 minutes

Related Commands

config network

show network multicast mgid summary

show network multicast mgid detail

show network

show network multicast mgid detail

To display all the clients joined to the multicast group in a specific multicast group identification (MGID), use the show network multicast mgid detail command.

show network multicast mgid detail mgid_value

Syntax Description

mgid_value

Number between 550 and 4095.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display details of the multicast database:


> show network multicast mgid detail 
Mgid ............................... 550
Multicast Group Address ............ 239.255.255.250
Vlan ............................... 0
Rx Packet Count .................... 807399588
No of clients ...................... 1
Client List ........................
		Client MAC 	 				Expire TIme (mm:ss)
	 	00:13:02:23:82:ad 	 0:20

Related Commands

show network summary

show network multicast mgid detail

show network

show network multicast mgid summary

To display all the multicast groups and their corresponding multicast group identifications (MGIDs), use the show network multicast mgid summary command.

show network multicast mgid summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of multicast groups and their MGIDs:


> show network multicast mgid summary 
Layer2 MGID Mapping:
-------------------
InterfaceName 		 		 		 	 vlanId 		 	MGID
----------------------------- ------ 	-----
management 	 	 	 	 			 0 	 	 	0
test 	 	 			 		 0 			9
wired 	 						 20 	 		8
Layer3 MGID Mapping:
-------------------
Number of Layer3 MGIDs ................ 1
	Group address 	 	 	 	 	Vlan 	 	MGID
	------------------ 	----- 	 ------
	239.255.255.250 		 	 	 0 	 	 	550

Related Commands

show network summary

show network multicast mgid detail

show network

show nmsp notify-interval summary

To display the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) configuration settings, use the show nmsp notify-interval summary command.

show nmsp notify-interval summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display NMSP configuration settings:


> show nmsp notify-interval summary
NMSP Notification Interval Summary
 Client
        Measurement interval:    2 sec
 RFID
        Measurement interval:    8 sec
 Rogue AP
        Measurement interval:    2 sec
 Rogue Client
        Measurement interval:    2 sec

Related Commands

clear locp statistics

clear nmsp statistics

config nmsp notify-interval measurement

show nmsp statistics

show nmsp status



show nmsp statistics

To display Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) counters, use the show nmsp statistics command.

show nmsp statistics { summary | connection all}

Syntax Description

summary

Displays common NMSP counters.

connection all

Displays all connection-specific counters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of common NMSP counters:


> show nmsp statistics summary
Send RSSI with no entry:               0
Send too big msg:                      0
Failed SSL write:                      0
Partial SSL write:                     0
SSL write attempts to want write:
Transmit Q full:0
Max Measure Notify Msg:                0
Max Info Notify Msg:                   0
Max Tx Q Size:                         2
Max Rx Size:                           1
Max Info Notify Q Size:                0
Max Client Info Notify Delay:          0
Max Rogue AP Info Notify Delay:        0
Max Rogue Client Info Notify Delay:    0
Max Client Measure Notify Delay:       0
Max Tag Measure Notify Delay:          0
Max Rogue AP Measure Notify Delay:     0
Max Rogue Client Measure Notify Delay: 0
Max Client Stats Notify Delay:         0
Max Tag Stats Notify Delay:            0
RFID Measurement Periodic :            0
RFID Measurement Immediate :           0
Reconnect Before Conn Timeout:         0

This example shows how to display all the connection-specific NMSP counters:


> show nmsp statistics connection all
NMSP Connection Counters
Connection 1 :
 Connection status:  UP
 Freed Connection:    0
 Nmsp Subscr Req:     0          NMSP Subscr Resp:   0
 Info Req:            1          Info Resp:          1
 Measure Req:         2          Measure Resp:        2
 Stats Req:           2          Stats Resp:          2
 Info Notify:         0          Measure Notify:      0
 Loc Capability:      2
 Location Req:        0          Location Rsp:        0
 Loc Subscr Req:      0          Loc Subscr Rsp:      0
 Loc Notif:           0
 Loc Unsubscr Req:    0          Loc Unsubscr Rsp:    0
 IDS Get Req:         0          IDS Get Resp:        0
 IDS Notif:           0
 IDS Set Req:         0          IDS Set Resp:        0

Related Commands

show nmsp notify-interval summary

clear nmsp statistics

config nmsp notify-interval measurement

show nmsp status



show nmsp status

To display the status of active Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) connections, use the show nmsp status command.

show nmsp status

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the status of the active NMSP connections:


> show nmsp status
LocServer IP   TxEchoResp  RxEchoReq TxData  RxData
-------------- ----------- --------- ------- -------
171.71.132.158 21642       21642     51278   21253

Related Commands

show nmsp notify-interval summary

clear nmsp statistics

config nmsp notify-interval measurement

show nmsp status



clear locp statistics

show nmsp statistics



show nmsp subscription

To display the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) services that are active on the controller, use the show nmsp subscription command.

show nmsp subscription { summary | detail ip_addr}

Syntax Description

summary

Displays all of the NMSP services to which the controller is subscribed.

detail

Displays details for all of the NMSP services to which the controller is subscribed.

ip_addr

Details only for the NMSP services subscribed to by a specific IP address.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of all the NMSP services to which the controller is subscribed:


> show nmsp subscription summary
Mobility Services Subscribed:
Server IP          Services
---------          --------
10.10.10.31        RSSI, Info, Statistics

This example shows how to display details of all the NMSP services:


> show nmsp subscription detail 10.10.10.31
Mobility Services Subscribed by 10.10.10.31
Services          Sub-services
--------          ------------
RSSI              Mobile Station, Tags,
Info              Mobile Station,
Statistics        Mobile Station, Tags,

Related Commands

show nmsp notify-interval summary

show nmsp statistics

config nmsp notify-interval measurement

clear nmsp statistics



clear locp statistics

show ntp-keys

To display network time protocol authentication key details, use the show ntp-keys command.

show ntp-keys

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display NTP authentication key details:


> show ntp-keys
Ntp Authentication Key Details...................
      Key Index
     -----------
         1
         3

Related Commands

config time ntp

show qos

To display quality of service (QoS) information, use the show qos command.

show qos { bronze | gold | platinum | silver}

Syntax Description

bronze

Displays QoS information for the bronze profile of the WLAN.

gold

Displays QoS information for the gold profile of the WLAN.

platinum

Displays QoS information for the platinum profile of the WLAN.

silver

Displays QoS information for the silver profile of the WLAN.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display QoS information for the silver profile:


> show qos 

Description...................................... For Best Effort
Maximum Priority................................. besteffort
Unicast Default Priority......................... besteffort
Multicast Default Priority....................... besteffort
Per-SSID Rate Limits............................. Upstream      Downstream
Average Data Rate................................   0             0
Average Realtime Data Rate.......................   0             0
Burst Data Rate..................................   0             0
Burst Realtime Data Rate.........................   0             0
Per-Client Rate Limits........................... Upstream      Downstream
Average Data Rate................................   0             0
Average Realtime Data Rate.......................   0             0
Burst Data Rate..................................   0             0
Burst Realtime Data Rate.........................   0             0
protocol......................................... none

Related Commands

config qos protocol-type

show reset

To display the scheduled system reset parameters, use the show reset command.

show reset

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the scheduled system reset parameters:


> show reset 
System reset is scheduled for Mar 27 01 :01 :01 2010
Current local time and date is Mar 24 02:57:44 2010
A trap will be generated 10 minutes before each scheduled system reset.
Use ‘reset system cancel’ to cancel the reset.
Configuration will be saved before the system reset.

Related Commands

reset system at

reset system in

reset system cancel

reset system notify-time

show route kernel

To display the kernel route cache information, use the show route kernel command.

show route kernel

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the kernel route cache information:


> show route kernel
Iface  Destination  Gateway   Flags    RefCnt Use  Metric   Mask   MTU   Window   IRTT
dtl0    14010100    00000000  0001      0     0     0    FFFFFF00  0      0        0
dtl0    28282800    00000000  0001      0     0     0    FFFFFF00  0      0        0
dtl0    34010100    00000000  0001      0     0     0    FFFFFF00  0      0        0
eth0    02020200    00000000  0001      0     0     0    FFFFFF00  0      0        0
dtl0    33010100    00000000  0001      0     0     0    FFFFFF00  0      0        0
dtl0    0A010100    00000000  0001      0     0     0    FFFFFF00  0      0        0
dtl0    32010100    00000000  0001      0     0     0    FFFFFF00  0      0        0
dtl0    0A000000    0202020A  0003      0     0     0    FF000000  0      0        0
lo      7F000000    00000000  0001      0     0     0    FF000000  0      0        0
dtl0    00000000    0A010109  0003      0     0     0    00000000  0      0        0

Related Commands

clear ap

debug arp

show arp kernel

config route add

config route delete

show route summary

To display the routes assigned to the Cisco wireless LAN controller service port, use the show route summary command.

show route summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display all the configured routes:


> show route summary
Number of Routes............................... 1
Destination Network          Genmask               Gateway
-------------------    -------------------   -------------------
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx        255.255.255.0         xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

Related Commands

config route

show sessions

To display the console port login timeout and maximum number of simultaneous command-line interface (CLI) sessions, use the show sessions command.

show sessions

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

5 minutes, 5 sessions.

Examples

This example shows how to display the CLI session configuration setting:


> show sessions
CLI Login Timeout (minutes)............ 0
Maximum Number of CLI Sessions......... 5

The response indicates that the CLI sessions never time out and that the Cisco wireless LAN controller can host up to five simultaneous CLI sessions.

Related Commands

config sessions maxsessions

config sessions timeout

show snmpcommunity

To display Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) community entries, use the show snmpcommunity command.

show snmpcommunity

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display SNMP community entries:


> show snmpcommunity
SNMP Community Name Client IP Address Client IP Mask    Access Mode Status
------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------- --------
public              0.0.0.0           0.0.0.0           Read Only   Enable
**********          0.0.0.0           0.0.0.0           Read/Write  Enable

Related Commands

config snmp community accessmode

config snmp community create

config snmp community delete

config snmp community ipaddr

config snmp community mode

config snmp syscontact

show snmpengineID

To display the SNMP engine ID, use the show snmpengineID command.

show snmpengineID

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the SNMP engine ID:


> show snmpengineID 
SNMP EngineId... ffffffffffff

Related Commands

config snmp engineID

show snmptrap

To display Cisco wireless LAN controller Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap receivers and their status, use the show snmptrap command.

show snmptrap

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display SNMP trap receivers and their status:


> show snmptrap
SNMP Trap Receiver Name    IP Address        Status
------------------------   ----------------- --------
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx            xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx   Enable

Related Commands

config snmp trapreceiver create

config snmp trapreceiver delete

show snmpv3user

To display Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) version 3 configuration, use the show snmpv3user command.

show snmpv3user

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display SNMP version 3 configuration information:


> show snmpv3user
SNMP v3 username    AccessMode  Authentication Encryption
-------------------- ----------- -------------- ----------
default              Read/Write  HMAC-SHA       CFB-AES

Related Commands

config snmp v3user create

config snmp v3user delete

show snmpversion

To display which versions of Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) are enabled or disabled on your controller, use the show snmpversion command.

show snmpversion

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Enable.

Examples

This example shows how to display the SNMP v1/v2/v3 status:


> show snmpversion
SNMP v1  Mode.................................. Disable
SNMP v2c Mode.................................. Enable
SNMP v3  Mode.................................. Enable

Related Commands

config snmp version

show switchconfig

To display parameters that apply to the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show switchconfig command.

show switchconfig

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to display parameters that apply to the Cisco wireless LAN controller:


> show switchconfig
802.3x Flow Control Mode......................... Disabled
FIPS prerequisite features....................... Enabled
Boot Break....................................... Enabled
secret obfuscation............................... Enabled
Strong Password Check Features:
         case-check ...........Disabled
         consecutive-check ....Disabled
         default-check .......Disabled
         username-check ......Disabled

Related Commands

config switchconfig mode

config switchconfig secret-obfuscation

config switchconfig strong-pwd

config switchconfig flowcontrol

config switchconfig fips-prerequisite

show stats switch

show sysinfo

To display high-level Cisco wireless LAN controller information, use the show sysinfo command.

show sysinfo

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display wireless LAN controller information:


> show sysinfo
Manufacturer's Name.............................. Cisco Systems Inc.
Product Name..................................... Cisco Controller
Product Version.................................. 6.0.133.0
Build Information................................ Tue Mar 31 11:44:12 PDT 2009
Bootloader Version............................... 0.14.0
Field Recovery Image Version..................... 5.3.38.0-BL-9-16
Firmware Version................................. FPGA 1.0, Env 0.8, USB console 1.27
Build Type....................................... DATA + WPS
System Name...................................... 5500
System Location..................................
System Contact...................................
System ObjectID.................................. 1.3.6.1.4.1.9.1.1
IP Address....................................... 10.10.10.7
Last Reset....................................... Software reset
System Up Time................................... 1 days 15 hrs 17 mins 48 secs
System Timezone Location....................
Current Boot License Level....................... wplus
Current Boot License Type........................ Permanent
Next Boot License Level.......................... wplus
Next Boot License Type........................... Permanent
Configured Country............................... US  - United States
Operating Environment............................ Commercial (0 to 40 C)
Internal Temp Alarm Limits....................... 0 to 65 C
Internal Temperature............................. +45 C
External Temperature............................. +29 C
Fan Status....................................... OK
State of 802.11b Network......................... Enabled
State of 802.11a Network......................... Disabled
Number of WLANs.................................. 18
3rd Party Access Point Support................... Disabled
Number of Active Clients......................... 1
Burned-in MAC Address............................ 00:00:1B:EE:12:E0
Power Supply 1................................... Not Available
Power Supply 2................................... Not Available
Maximum number of APs supported.................. 250

Related Commands

config sysname

show tech-support

To display Cisco wireless LAN controller variables frequently requested by Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC), use the show tech-support command.

show tech-support

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display system resource information:


> show tech-support
Current CPU Load................................. 0%
System Buffers
   Max Free Buffers.............................. 4608
   Free Buffers.................................. 4604
   Buffers In Use................................ 4
Web Server Resources
   Descriptors Allocated......................... 152
   Descriptors Used.............................. 3
   Segments Allocated............................ 152
   Segments Used................................. 3
System Resources
   Uptime........................................ 747040 Secs
   Total Ram..................................... 127552 Kbytes
   Free Ram...................................... 19540 Kbytes
   Shared Ram.................................... 0 Kbytes
   Buffer Ram.................................... 460 Kbytes

show time

To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller time and date, use the show time command.

show time

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the controller time and date when authentication is not enabled:


> show time
Time............................................. Wed Apr 13 09:29:15 2011
Timezone delta................................... 0:0
Timezone location........................ (GMT +5:30) Colombo, New Delhi, Chennai, Kolkata
NTP Servers
    NTP Polling Interval.........................     3600
     Index     NTP Key Index     NTP Server      NTP Msg Auth Status
    -------  ---------------------------------------------------------------
       1              0           9.2.60.60       AUTH DISABLED

This example shows successful authentication of NTP Message results in the AUTH Success:


> show time
Time............................................. Thu Apr  7 13:56:37 2011
Timezone delta................................... 0:0
Timezone location........................ (GMT +5:30) Colombo, New Delhi, Chennai, Kolkata
NTP Servers
    NTP Polling Interval.........................     3600
     Index     NTP Key Index     NTP Server      NTP Msg Auth Status
    -------  ---------------------------------------------------------------
       1              1           9.2.60.60       AUTH SUCCESS

This example shows that if the packet received has errors, then the NTP Msg Auth status will show AUTH Failure:


> show time
Time............................................. Thu Apr  7 13:56:37 2011
Timezone delta................................... 0:0
Timezone location........................ (GMT +5:30) Colombo, New Delhi, Chennai, Kolkata
NTP Servers
    NTP Polling Interval.........................     3600
     Index     NTP Key Index     NTP Server      NTP Msg Auth Status
    -------  ---------------------------------------------------------------
       1              10           9.2.60.60       AUTH FAILURE

This example shows that if there is no response from NTP server for the packets, the NTP Msg Auth status will be blank:


> show time
Time............................................. Thu Apr  7 13:56:37 2011
Timezone delta................................... 0:0
Timezone location................................ (GMT +5:30) Colombo, New Delhi, Chennai, Kolkata
NTP Servers
    NTP Polling Interval.........................     3600
     Index     NTP Key Index     NTP Server      NTP Msg Auth Status
    -------  ---------------------------------------------------------------
       1              11           9.2.60.60

Related Commands

config time manual

config time ntp

config time timezone

config time timezone location

show trapflags

To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap flags, use the show trapflags command.

show trapflags

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display controller SNMP trap flags:


> show trapflags
Authentication Flag............................ Enable
Link Up/Down Flag.............................. Enable
Multiple Users Flag............................ Enable
Spanning Tree Flag............................. Enable
Client Related Traps
        802.11 Disassociation......................... Disable
        802.11 Association.............................Disabled
								802.11 Deauthenticate......................... Disable
        802.11 Authenticate Failure................... Disable
        802.11 Association Failure.................... Disable
								Authentication.................................Disabled
        Excluded...................................... Disable
								Max Client Warning Threshold.................. 90%
       Nac-Alert Traps................................. Disabled
       RFID Related Traps
        Max RFIDs Warning Threshold..................... 90%

802.11 Security related traps
        WEP Decrypt Error............................. Enable
        IDS Signature Attack............................ Disable

Cisco AP
        Register...................................... Enable
        InterfaceUp................................... Enable
Auto-RF Profiles
        Load.......................................... Enable
        Noise......................................... Enable
        Interference.................................. Enable
        Coverage...................................... Enable
Auto-RF Thresholds
        tx-power...................................... Enable
        channel....................................... Enable
        antenna....................................... Enable
AAA
        auth.......................................... Enable
        servers....................................... Enable
rogueap........................................ Enable
adjchannel-rogueap............................... Disabled
wps............................................ Enable
configsave..................................... Enable
IP Security
        esp-auth...................................... Enable
        esp-replay.................................... Enable
        invalidSPI.................................... Enable
        ike-neg....................................... Enable
        suite-neg..................................... Enable
        invalid-cookie................................ Enable
Mesh
        auth failure.................................... Enabled
        child excluded parent........................... Enabled
        parent change................................... Enabled
        child moved..................................... Enabled
        excessive parent change......................... Enabled
        onset SNR....................................... Enabled
        abate SNR....................................... Enabled
        console login................................... Enabled
        excessive association........................... Enabled
        default bridge group name....................... Enabled
        excessive hop count............................. Disabled
        excessive children.............................. Enabled
        sec backhaul change............................. Disabled

Related Commands

config trapflags 802.11-Security

config trapflags aaa

config trapflags ap

config trapflags authentication

config trapflags client

config trapflags configsave

config trapflags IPsec

config trapflags linkmode

show traplog

To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap log, use the show traplog command.

show traplog

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display controller SNMP trap log settings:


> show traplog
Number of Traps Since Last Reset........... 2447
Number of Traps Since Log Last Displayed... 2447
Log System Time              Trap
--- ------------------------ -------------------------------------------------
  0 Thu Aug  4 19:54:14 2005 Rogue AP : 00:0b:85:52:62:fe detected on Base Rad
                             io MAC : 00:0b:85:18:b6:50  Interface no:1(802.11
                             b/g) with RSSI: -78 and SNR: 10
  1 Thu Aug  4 19:54:14 2005 Rogue AP : 00:0b:85:52:19:d8 detected on Base Rad
                             io MAC : 00:0b:85:18:b6:50  Interface no:1(802.11
                             b/g) with RSSI: -72 and SNR: 16
  2 Thu Aug  4 19:54:14 2005 Rogue AP : 00:0b:85:26:a1:8d detected on Base Rad
                             io MAC : 00:0b:85:18:b6:50  Interface no:1(802.11
                             b/g) with RSSI: -82 and SNR: 6
  3 Thu Aug  4 19:54:14 2005 Rogue AP : 00:0b:85:14:b3:4f detected on Base Rad
                             io MAC : 00:0b:85:18:b6:50  Interface no:1(802.11
                             b/g) with RSSI: -56 and SNR: 30
Would you like to display more entries? (y/n)

Related Commands

show trapflags

Config Commands

This section lists the config commands that you can use to configure the controller settings, and manage user accounts.

Configure 802.11h Commands

Use the config 802.11h commands to configure settings specifically for an 802.11h network.

config 802.11h channelswitch

To configure a 802.11h channel switch announcement, use the config 802.11h channelswitch command.

config 802.11h channelswitch { enable mode value | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the 802.11h channel switch announcement.

mode

802.11h channel switch announcement mode.

value

802.11h channel announcement value.

disable

Disables the 802.11h channel switch announcement.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the 802.11h switch announcement:


> config 802.11h channelswitch disable

Related Commands

show 802.11h

config 802.11h powerconstraint

To configure the 802.11h power constraint value, use the config 802.11h powerconstraint command.

config 802.11h powerconstraint value

Syntax Description

value

802.11h power constraint value.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the 802.11h power constraint to 5:


> config 802.11h powerconstraint 5

Related Commands

show 802.11h

config 802.11h setchannel

To configure a new channel using 802.11h channel announcement, use the config 802.11h setchannel command.

config 802.11h setchannel cisco_ap

Syntax Description

cisco_ap

Cisco lightweight access point name.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a new channel using the 802.11h channel:


> config 802.11h setchannel ap02

Related Commands

show 802.11h

Configure 802.11 11n Support Commands

Use the config 802.11 11nsupport commands to configure settings for an 802.11n network.

config 802.11 11nsupport

To enable 802.11n support on the network, use the config 802.11 11nsupport command.

config 802.11{ a | b} 11nsupport { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network settings.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network settings.

enable

Enables the 802.11n support.

disable

Disables the 802.11n support.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the 802.11n support on an 802.11a network:


> config 802.11a 11nsupport enable

Related Commands

config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx

config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority

config 802.11a disable network


config 802.11a disable


config 802.11a channel ap

config 802.11a txpower ap

config 802.11a chan_width

config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority

To specify the aggregation method used for 802.11n packets, use the config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority command.

config 802.11{ a | b} 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority { 0-7 | all} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

0-7

Specifies the aggregated MAC protocol data unit priority level between 0 through 7.

all

Configures all of the priority levels at once.

enable

Specifies the traffic associated with the priority level uses A-MPDU transmission.

disable

Specifies the traffic associated with the priority level uses A-MSDU transmission.

Command Default

By default, Priority 0 is enabled.

Usage Guidelines

Aggregation is the process of grouping packet data frames together rather than transmitting them separately. Two aggregation methods are available: Aggregated MAC Protocol Data Unit (A-MPDU) and Aggregated MAC Service Data Unit (A-MSDU). A-MPDU is performed in the software whereas A-MSDU is performed in the hardware.

Aggregated MAC Protocol Data Unit priority levels assigned per traffic type are as follows:

  • 1—Background
  • 2—Spare
  • 0—Best effort
  • 3—Excellent effort
  • 4—Controlled load
  • 5—Video, less than 100-ms latency and jitter
  • 6—Voice, less than 10-ms latency and jitter
  • 7—Network control
  • all—Configure all of the priority levels at once.

    Note


    Configure the priority levels to match the aggregation method used by the clients.


Examples

This example shows how to configure all the priority levels at once so that the traffic associated with the priority level uses A-MSDU transmission:


> config 802.11a 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority all enable

Related Commands

config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx

config 802.11a disable network


config 802.11a disable


config 802.11a channel ap

config 802.11a txpower ap

config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx scheduler

To configure the 802.11n-5 GHz A-MPDU transmit aggregation scheduler, use the config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx scheduler command.

config 802.11{ a | b} 11nsupport a-mpdu tx scheduler { enable | disable | timeout rt timeout-value}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the 802.11n-5 GHz A-MPDU transmit aggregation scheduler.

disable

Disables the 802.11n-5 GHz A-MPDU transmit aggregation scheduler.

timeout rt

Configures the A-MPDU transmit aggregation scheduler realtime traffic timeout.

timeout-value

Timeout value in milliseconds. The valid range is between 1 millisecond to 1000 milliseconds.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Ensure that the 802.11 network is disabled before you enter this command.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the A-MPDU transmit aggregation scheduler realtime traffic timeout of 100 milliseconds:


> config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx scheduler timeout rt 100

Related Commands

config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx

config 802.11a disable network

config 802.11a channel ap

config 802.11a txpower ap

config 802.11a chan_width

config 802.11 11nsupport antenna

To configure an access point to use a specific antenna, use the config 802.11 11nsupport antenna command.

config 802.11{ a | b} 11nsupport antenna cisco_ap { A | B | C | D} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a/n network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g/n network.

cisco_ap

Access point.

A/B/C/D

Specifies an antenna port.

enable

Enables the configuration.

disable

Disables the configuration.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure transmission to a single antenna for legacy orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing:


> config 802.11 11nsupport antenna AP1 C enable

Related Commands

config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx

config 802.11a disable network


config 802.11a disable

config 802.11a channel ap


config 802.11a txpower ap

config 802.11a chan_width

config 802.11 11nsupport guard-interval

To configure the guard interval, use the config 802.11 11nsupport guard-interval command.

config 802.11 { a | b} 11nsupport guard-interval { any | long}

Syntax Description

any

Enables either a short or a long guard interval.

long

Enables only a long guard interval.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a long guard interval:


> config 802.11 11nsupport guard-interval long

Related Commands

config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx

config 802.11a disable network

config 802.11a channel ap

config 802.11a txpower ap

config 802.11a chan_width

config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx

To specify the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) rates at which data can be transmitted between the access point and the client, use the config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx command.

config 802.11{ a | b} 11nsupport mcs tx { 0-15} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

11nsupport

Specifies support for 802.11n devices.

mcs tx

Specifies the modulation and coding scheme data rates as follows:

  • 0 (7 Mbps)
  • 1 (14 Mbps)
  • 2 (21 Mbps)
  • 3 (29 Mbps)
  • 4 (43 Mbps)
  • 5 (58 Mbps)
  • 6 (65 Mbps)
  • 7 (72 Mbps)
  • 8 (14 Mbps)
  • 9 (29 Mbps)
  • 10 (43 Mbps)
  • 11 (58 Mbps)
  • 12 (87 Mbps)
  • 13 (116 Mbps)
  • 14 (130 Mbps)
  • 15 (144 Mbps)

enable

Enables this configuration.

disable

Disables this configuration.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to specify MCS rates:


> config 802.11a 11nsupport mcs tx 5 enable

Related Commands

config 802.11 11nsupport


config wlan wmm required


config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority


config 802.11a disable network


config 802.11a disable

config 802.11a channel ap


config 802.11a txpower ap


config 802.11a chan_width

config 802.11 11nsupport rifs

To configure the Reduced Interframe Space (RIFS) between data frames and its acknowledgment, use the config 802.11 11nsupport rifs command.

config 802.11{ a | b} 11nsupport rifs { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables RIFS for the 802.11 network.

disable

Disables RIFS for the 802.11 network.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable RIFS:


> config 802.11a 11nsupport rifs enable

Related Commands

config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx

config 802.11a disable network

config 802.11a disable

config 802.11a channel ap

config 802.11a txpower ap

config 802.11a chan_width

Configure 802.11 CAC Commands

Use the config 802.11 cac commands to configure Call Admission Control (CAC) protocol settings.

config 802.11 cac defaults

To configure the default Call Admission Control (CAC) parameters for the 802.11a and 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac defaults command.

config 802.11 { a | b} cac defaults

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Gold.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable command. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the default CAC parameters for the 802.11a network:

> config 802.11 cac defaults

Related Commands

show cac voice stats

show cac voice summary

show cac video stats

show cac video summary

config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac video sip

config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac load-based

config 802.11 cac media-stream

config 802.11 cac multimedia

config 802.11 cac video cac-method

debug cac

config 802.11 cac video acm

To enable or disable video Call Admission Control (CAC) for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac video acm command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac video acm { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Enables video CAC settings.

disable

Disables video CAC settings.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable, or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the video CAC for the 802.11a network:


> config 802.11 cac video acm enable

This example shows how to disable the video CAC for the 802.11b network:


> config 802.11 cac video acm disable

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth


config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth


config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac video cac-method

To configure the Call Admission Control (CAC) method for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac video cac-method command.

config 802.11 { a | b} cac video cac-method { static | load-based}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

static

Enables the static CAC method for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network.

Static or bandwidth-based CAC enables the client to specify how much bandwidth or shared medium time is required to accept a new video request and in turn enables the access point to determine whether it is capable of accommodating the request.

load-based

Enables the load-based CAC method for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network.

Load-based or dynamic CAC incorporates a measurement scheme that takes into account the bandwidth consumed by all traffic types from itself, from co-channel access points, and by collocated channel interference. Load-based CAC also covers the additional bandwidth consumption results from PHY and channel impairment. The access point admits a new call only if the channel has enough unused bandwidth to support that call.

Load-based CAC is not supported if SIP-CAC is enabled.

Command Default

Static.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Gold.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable command. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Video CAC consists of two parts: Unicast Video-CAC and MC2UC CAC. If you need only Unicast Video-CAC, you must configure only static mode. If you need only MC2UC CAC, you must configure Static or Load-based CAC. Load-based CAC is not supported if SIP-CAC is enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the static CAC method for video applications on the 802.11a network:

> config 802.11 cac video cac-method static

Related Commands

show cac voice stats

show cac voice summary

show cac video stats

show cac video summary

config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac video sip

config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac load-based

config 802.11 cac defaults

config 802.11 cac media-stream

config 802.11 cac multimedia

debug cac

config 802.11 cac video load-based

To enable or disable load-based Call Admission Control (CAC) for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac video load-based command.

config 802.11 { a | b} cac video load-based { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Enables load-based CAC for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network.

Load-based or dynamic CAC incorporates a measurement scheme that takes into account the bandwidth consumed by all traffic types from itself, from co-channel access points, and by collocated channel interference. Load-based CAC also covers the additional bandwidth consumption results from PHY and channel impairment. The access point admits a new call only if the channel has enough unused bandwidth to support that call.

disable

Disables load-based CAC method for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Gold.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable command. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Video CAC consists of two parts: Unicast Video-CAC and MC2UC CAC. If you need only Unicast Video-CAC, you must configure only static mode. If you need only MC2UC CAC, you must configure Static or Load-based CAC. Load-based CAC is not supported if SIP-CAC is enabled.


Note


Load-based CAC is not supported if SIP-CAC is enabled.


Examples

This example shows how to enable load-based CAC method for video applications on the 802.11a network:

> config 802.11 cac video load-based enable

Related Commands

show cac voice stats

show cac voice summary

show cac video stats

show cac video summary

config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac video sip

config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac load-based

config 802.11 cac defaults

config 802.11 cac media-stream

config 802.11 cac multimedia

config 802.11 cac video cac-method

debug cac

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

To set the percentage of the maximum bandwidth allocated to clients for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac video max-bandwidth bandwidth

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

bandwidth

Bandwidth percentage value from 5 to 85%.

Command Default

0%.

Usage Guidelines

The maximum radio frequency (RF) bandwidth cannot exceed 85% for voice and video. Once the client reaches the value specified, the access point rejects new calls on this network.


Note


If this parameter is set to zero (0), the controller assumes that you do not want to allocate any bandwidth and allows all bandwidth requests.


Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable, or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth for video applications on the selected radio band:


> config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth 50

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac video acm


config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth


config 802.11 cac voice stream-size

config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac media-stream

To configure media stream Call Admission Control (CAC) voice and video quality parameters for 802.11a and 802.11b networks, use the config 802.11 cac media-stream command.

config 802.11 { a | b} cac media-stream multicast-direct { max-retry-percent retry-percentage | min-client-rate dot11-rate}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

multicast-direct

Configures CAC parameters for multicast-direct media streams.

max-retry-percent

Configures the percentage of maximum retries that are allowed for multicast-direct media streams.

retry-percentage

Percentage of maximum retries that are allowed for multicast-direct media streams.

min-client-rate

Configures the minimum transmission data rate to the client for multicast-direct media streams.

dot11-rate

Minimum transmission data rate to the client for multicast-direct media streams. Rate in kbps at which the client can operate.

If the transmission data rate is below this rate, either the video will not start or the client may be classified as a bad client. The bad client video can be demoted for better effort QoS or subject to denial. The available data rates are 6000, 9000, 12000, 18000, 24000, 36000, 48000, 54000, and 11n rates.

Command Default

The default value for the maximum retry percent is 80. If it exceeds 80, either the video will not start or the client might be classified as a bad client. The bad client video will be demoted for better effort QoS or is subject to denial.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Gold.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable command. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the maximum retry percent for multicast-direct media streams as 90 on a 802.11a network:

> config 802.11 cac media-stream multicast-direct max-retry-percent 90

Related Commands

show cac voice stats

show cac voice summary

show cac video stats

show cac video summary

config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac video sip

config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac load-based

config 802.11 cac defaults

config 802.11 cac multimedia

debug cac

config 802.11 cac multimedia

To configure the CAC media voice and video quality parameters for 802.11a and 802.11b networks, use the config 802.11 cac multimedia command.

config 802.11 { a | b} cac multimedia max-bandwidth bandwidth

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

max-bandwidth

Configures the percentage of maximum bandwidth allocated to Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) clients for voice and video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network.

bandwidth

Percentage of the maximum bandwidth allocated to WMM clients for voice and video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network. Once the client reaches the specified value, the access point rejects new calls on this radio band. The range is from 5 to 85%.

Command Default

The default value is 85%.

Usage Guidelines

Call Admission Control (CAC) commands for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Gold.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable command. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the percentage of the maximum bandwidth allocated to WMM clients for voice and video applications on the 802.11a network:

> config 802.11 cac multimedia max-bandwidth 80

Related Commands

show cac voice stats

show cac voice summary

show cac video stats

show cac video summary

config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac video sip

config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac load-based

config 802.11 cac defaults

debug cac

config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth

To configure the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth reserved for roaming video clients on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac video roam-bandwidth bandwidth

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

bandwidth

Bandwidth percentage value from 5 to 85%.

Command Default

0%.

Usage Guidelines

The controller reserves the specified bandwidth from the maximum allocated bandwidth for roaming video clients.


Note


If this parameter is set to zero (0), the controller assumes that you do not want to do any bandwidth allocation and, therefore, allows all bandwidth requests.


CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11 {a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11 {a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 {a | b} cac video acm enable command. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth reserved for roaming video clients on the selected radio band:


> config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth 10

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac video cac-method

config 802.11 cac video sip

config 802.11 cac video load-based

config 802.11 cac video sip

To enable or disable video Call Admission Control (CAC) for non-traffic specifications (TSPEC) SIP clients using video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac video sip command.

config 802.11 { a | b} cac video sip { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Enables video CAC for non-TSPEC SIP clients using video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network.

When you enable video CAC for non-TSPEC SIP clients, you can use applications like Facetime and CIUS video calls.

disable

Disables video CAC for non-TSPEC SIP clients using video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Gold.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11 {a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable command. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.
  • Enable call snooping on the WLAN on which the SIP client is present by entering the config wlan call-snoop enable wlan_id command.

Examples

This example shows how to enable video CAC for non-TSPEC SIP clients using video applications on the 802.11a network:

> config 802.11 cac video sip enable

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac video cac-method

config 802.11 cac video load-based

config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

To process or ignore the Call Admission Control (CAC) Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) traffic specifications (TSPEC) inactivity timeout received from an access point, use the config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout { enable | ignore}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

ab

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Processes the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

ignore

Ignores the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

Command Default

Disabled (ignore).

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to process the response to TSPEC inactivity timeout messages received from an access point:


> config 802.11a cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout enable

This example shows how to ignore the response to TSPEC inactivity timeout messages received from an access point:


> config 802.11a cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout ignore

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac video acm


config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice acm

To enable or disable bandwidth-based voice Call Admission Control (CAC) for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice acm command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac voice acm { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Enables the bandwidth-based CAC.

disable

Disables the bandwidth-based CAC.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the bandwidth-based CAC:


> config 802.11c cac voice acm enable

This example shows how to disable the bandwidth-based CAC:


> config 802.11b cac voice acm disable

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac video acm


config 802.11 cac voice max-bandwidth

To set the percentage of the maximum bandwidth allocated to clients for voice applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice max-bandwidth command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac voice max-bandwidth bandwidth

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

bandwidth

Bandwidth percentage value from 5 to 85%.

Command Default

0%.

Usage Guidelines

The maximum radio frequency (RF) bandwidth cannot exceed 85% for voice and video. Once the client reaches the value specified, the access point rejects new calls on this network.

CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth for voice applications on the selected radio band:


> config 802.11a cac voice max-bandwidth 50

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice stream-size

config 802.11 exp-bwreq

config 802.11 tsm

config wlan
save

show wlan


show wlan summary

config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac voice load-based

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth

To configure the percentage of the Call Admission Control (CAC) maximum allocated bandwidth reserved for roaming voice clients on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac voice roam-bandwidth bandwidth

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

bandwidth

Bandwidth percentage value from 0 to 85%.

Command Default

85%.

Usage Guidelines

The maximum radio frequency (RF) bandwidth cannot exceed 85% for voice and video. The controller reserves the specified bandwidth from the maximum allocated bandwidth for roaming voice clients.


Note


If this parameter is set to zero (0), the controller assumes you do not want to allocate any bandwidth and therefore allows all bandwidth requests.


CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth reserved for roaming voice clients on the selected radio band:


> config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth 10

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice acm

config 802.11cac voice max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice stream-size

config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout

To process or ignore the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) traffic specifications (TSPEC) inactivity timeout received from an access point, use the config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout { enable | ignore}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Processes the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

ignore

Ignores the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

Command Default

Disabled (ignore).

Usage Guidelines

Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the voice TSPEC inactivity timeout messages received from an access point:



> config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout enable

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice load-based

config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth


config 802.11 cac voice acm

config 802.11cac voice max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice stream-size

config 802.11 cac voice load-based

To enable or disable load-based Call Admission Control (CAC) for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice load-based command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac voice load-based { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Enables load-based CAC.

disable

Disables load-based CAC.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the voice load-based CAC parameters:


> config 802.11a cac voice load-based enable

This example shows how to disable the voice load-based CAC parameters:


> config 802.11a cac voice load-based disable

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac voice stream-size

config 802.11 cac voice max-calls


Note


Do not use the config 802.11 cac voice max-calls command if the SIP call snooping feature is disabled and if the SIP based Call Admission Control (CAC) requirements are not met.


To configure the maximum number of voice call supported by the radio, use the config 802.11 cac voice max-calls command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac voice max-calls number

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

number

Number of calls to be allowed per radio.

Command Default

0, which means that there is no maximum limit check for the number of calls.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the maximum number of voice calls supported by radio:


> config 802.11 cac voice max-calls 10

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice stream-size

config 802.11 exp-bwreq

config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac voice load-based

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac voice sip bandwidth


Note


SIP bandwidth and sample intervals are used to compute per call bandwidth in case of the SIP-based Call Admission Control (CAC).


To configure the bandwidth that is required per call for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice sip bandwidth command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac voice sip bandwidth bw_kbps sample-interval number_msecs

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

bw_kbps

Bandwidth in kbps.

sample-interval

Specifies the packetization interval for SIP codec.

number_msecs

Packetization sample interval in msecs. The sample interval for SIP codec is 20 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the bandwidth and voice packetization interval for a SIP codec:

> config 802.11 cac voice sip bandwidth 10 sample-interval 40

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice acm


config 802.11 cac voice load-based

config 802.11 cac voice max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout


config 802.11 exp-bwreq

config 802.11 cac voice sip codec

To configure the Call Admission Control (CAC) codec name and sample interval as parameters and to calculate the required bandwidth per call for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice sip codec command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac voice sip codec { g711 | g729} sample-interval number_msecs

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

g711

Specifies CAC parameters for the SIP G711 codec.

g729

Specifies CAC parameters for the SIP G729 codec.

sample-interval

Specifies the packetization interval for SIP codec.

number_msecs

Packetization interval in msecs. The sample interval for SIP codec value is 20 seconds.

Command Default

g711.

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the codec name and sample interval as parameters for SIP G711 codec:

> config 802.11a cac voice sip codec g711 sample-interval 40

This example shows how to configure the codec name and sample interval as parameters for SIP G729 codec:


> config 802.11a cac voice sip codec g729 sample-interval 40

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice acm


config 802.11 cac voice load-based

config 802.11 cac voice max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout


config 802.11 exp-bwreq

config 802.11 cac voice stream-size

To configure the number of aggregated voice Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) traffic specification (TSPEC) streams at a specified data rate for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice stream-size command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac voice stream-size stream_size number mean_datarate max-streams mean_datarate

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

stream-size

Configures the maximum data rate for the stream.

stream_size

Range of stream size is between 84000 and 92100.

number

Number (1 to 5) of voice streams.

mean_datarate

Configures the mean data rate.

max-streams

Configures the mean data rate of a voice stream.

mean_datarate

Mean data rate (84 to 91.2 kbps) of a voice stream.

Command Default

The default number of streams is 2 and the mean data rate of a stream is 84 kbps.

Usage Guidelines

Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the number of aggregated voice traffic specifications stream with the stream size 5 and the mean data rate of 85000 kbps:


> config 802.11 cac voice stream-size 5 max-streams size 85

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice acm


config 802.11 cac voice load-based

config 802.11 cac voice max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout


config 802.11 exp-bwreq

Config 802.11 Commands

Use the config 802.11 commands to configure settings for an 802.11 network.

config 802.11 beacon period

To change the beacon period globally for an 802.11a, 802.11b, or other supported 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 beacon period command.

config 802.11{ a | b} beacon period time_units


Note


Disable the 802.11 network before using this command. See the “Usage Guidelines” section.


Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

time_units

Beacon interval in time units (TU). One TU is 1024 microseconds.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

In Cisco wireless LAN solution 802.11 networks, all Cisco lightweight access point wireless LANs broadcast a beacon at regular intervals. This beacon notifies clients that the 802.11a service is available and allows the clients to synchronize with the lightweight access point.

Before you change the beacon period, make sure that you have disabled the 802.11 network by using the config 802.11 disable command. After changing the beacon period, enable the 802.11 network by using the config 802.11 enable command.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an 802.11a network for a beacon period of 120 time units:


> config 802.11 beacon period 120

Related Commands

show 802.11a

config 802.11b beaconperiod


config 802.11a disable

config 802.11a enable

config 802.11 disable

To disable radio transmission for an entire 802.11 network or for an individual Cisco radio, use the config 802.11 disable command.

config 802.11{ a | b} disable { network | cisco_ap}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

network

Disables transmission for the entire 802.11a network.

cisco_ap

Individual Cisco lightweight access point radio.

Command Default

The transmission is enabled for the entire network by default.

Usage Guidelines


Note


You must use this command to disable the network before using many config 802.11 commands.


This command can be used any time that the CLI interface is active.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the entire 802.11a network:


> config 802.11a disable network

This example shows how to disable access point AP01 802.11b transmissions:


> config 802.11b disable AP01

Related Commands

show sysinfo

show 802.11a


config 802.11a enable


config 802.11b disable


config 802.11b enable


config 802.11a beaconperiod

config 802.11 dtpc

To enable or disable the Dynamic Transmit Power Control (DTPC) setting for an 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 dtpc command.

config 802.11{ a | b} dtpc { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Enables the support for this command.

disable

Disables the support for this command.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to disable DTPC for an 802.11a network:


> config 802.11a dtpc disable

Related Commands

show 802.11a


config 802.11a beaconperiod

config 802.11a disable


config 802.11a enable

config 802.11 enable

To enable radio transmission for an entire 802.11 network or for an individual Cisco radio, use the config 802.11 enable command.

config 802.11{ a | b} enable { network | cisco_ap}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

network

Disables transmission for the entire 802.11a network.

cisco_ap

Individual Cisco lightweight access point radio.

Command Default

The transmission is enabled for the entire network by default.

Usage Guidelines


Note


Use this command in conjunction with the config 802.11 disable command when configuring 802.11 settings.


This command can be used any time that the CLI interface is active.

Examples

This example shows how to enable radio transmission for the entire 802.11a network:


> config 802.11a enable network

This example shows how to enable radio transmission for AP1 on an 802.11b network:


> config 802.11b enable AP1

Related Commands

show sysinfo
show 802.11a

config wlan radio


config 802.11a disable


config 802.11b disable

config 802.11b enable


config 802.11b 11gSupport enable

config 802.11b 11gSupport disable

config 802.11 exp-bwreq

To enable or disable the Cisco Client eXtension (CCX) version 5 expedited bandwidth request feature for an 802.11 radio, use the config 802.11 exp-bwreq command.

config 802.11{ a | b} exp-bwreq { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Enables the expedited bandwidth request feature.

disable

Disables the expedited bandwidth request feature.

Command Default

The expedited bandwidth request feature is disabled by default.

Usage Guidelines

When this command is enabled, the controller configures all joining access points for this feature.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the CCX expedited bandwidth settings:


> config 802.11a exp-bwreq enable
Cannot change Exp Bw Req mode while 802.11a network is operational.

This example shows how to disable the CCX expedited bandwidth settings:


> config 802.11a exp-bwreq disable

Related Commands

show 802.11a

show ap stats 802.11a

config 802.11 fragmentation

To configure the fragmentation threshold on an 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 fragmentation command.

config 802.11{ a | b} fragmentation threshold


Note


This command can only be used when the network is disabled using the config 802.11 disable command.


Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

threshold

Number between 256 and 2346 bytes (inclusive).

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the fragmentation threshold on an 802.11a network with the threshold number of 6500 bytes:


> config 802.11a fragmentation 6500

Related Commands

config 802.11b fragmentation

show 802.11b

show ap auto-rtf

config 802.11 l2roam rf-params

To configure 802.11a or 802.11b/g Layer 2 client roaming parameters, use the 
config 802.11 l2roam rf-params command.

config 802.11{ a | b} l2roam rf-params { default | custom min_rssi roam_hyst scan_thresh trans_time}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

default

Restores Layer 2 client roaming RF parameters to default values.

custom

Configures custom Layer 2 client roaming RF parameters.

min_rssi

Minimum received signal strength indicator (RSSI) that is required for the client to associate to the access point. If the client’s average received signal power dips below this threshold, reliable communication is usually impossible. Clients must already have found and roamed to another access point with a stronger signal before the minimum RSSI value is reached. The valid range is –80 to –90 dBm, and the default value is –85 dBm.

roam_hyst

How much greater the signal strength of a neighboring access point must be in order for the client to roam to it. This parameter is intended to reduce the amount of roaming between access points if the client is physically located on or near the border between the two access points. The valid range is 2 to 4 dB, and the default value is 2 dB.

scan_thresh

Minimum RSSI that is allowed before the client should roam to a better access point. When the RSSI drops below the specified value, the client must be able to roam to a better access point within the specified transition time. This parameter also provides a power-save method to minimize the time that the client spends in active or passive scanning. For example, the client can scan slowly when the RSSI is above the threshold and scan more rapidly when the RSSI is below the threshold. The valid range is –70 to –77 dBm, and the default value is –72 dBm.

trans_time

Maximum time allowed for the client to detect a suitable neighboring access point to roam to and to complete the roam, whenever the RSSI from the client’s associated access point is below the scan threshold. The valid range is 1 to 10 seconds, and the default value is 5 seconds.

Note   

For high-speed client roaming applications in outdoor mesh environments, we recommend that you set the transition time to 1 second.

Command Default

min_rssi

–85

roam_hyst

2

scan_thresh

–72

trans_time

5

Usage Guidelines

For high-speed client roaming applications in outdoor mesh environments, we recommend that you set the trans_time to 1 second.

Examples

This example shows how to configure custom Layer 2 client roaming parameters on an 802.11a network:


> config 802.11 l2roam rf-params custom –80 2 –70 7

Related Commands

show advanced 802.11 l2roam

show l2tp

config 802.11 max-clients

To configure the maximum number of clients per access point, use the config 802.11 max-clients command.

config 802.11{ a | b} max-clients max-clients

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

max-clients

Configures the maximum number of client connections per access point.

max-clients

Maximum number of client connections per access point. The range is from 1 to 200.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the maximum number of clients at 22:


> config 802.11 max-clients 22

Related Commands

show ap config 802.11a


config 802.11b rate

config 802.11 multicast data-rate

To configure the minimum multicast datarate, use the config 802.11 multicast data-rate command.

config 802.11{ a | b} multicast data-rate data_rate [ ap ap_name | default]

Syntax Description

data_rate

Minimum multicast data rates. The options are 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54. Enter 0 to specify that APs will dynamically adjust the number of the buffer allocated for multicast.

ap_name

Specific AP radio in this datarate.

default

Configures all APs radio in this datarate.

Command Default

The default is 0 where the configuration is disabled and the multicast rate is the lowest mandatory data rate and unicast client data rate.

Usage Guidelines

When you configure the datarate without the AP name or default keyword, you globally reset all the APs to the new value and update the controller global default with this new datarate value. If you configure the data-rate with default keyword, you only update the controller global default value and do not reset the value of APs already joined the controller. The APs that join the controller after the new datarate value is set will receive the new datarate value.

Examples

This example shows how to configure minimum multicast data rate settings:


> config 802.11 multicast data-rate 12

config 802.11 rate

To set mandatory and supported operational data rates for an 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 rate command.

config 802.11{ a | b} rate { disabled | mandatory | supported} rate

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

disabled

Disables a specific data rate.

mandatory

Specifies that a client supports the data rate in order to use the network.

supported

Specifies to allow any associated client that supports the data rate to use the network.

rate

Rate value of 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, or 54 Mbps.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The data rates set with this command are negotiated between the client and the Cisco wireless LAN controller. If the data rate is set to mandatory, the client must support it in order to use the network. If a data rate is set as supported by the Cisco wireless LAN controller, any associated client that also supports that rate may communicate with the Cisco lightweight access point using that rate. It is not required that a client is able to use all the rates marked supported in order to associate.

Examples

This example shows how to set the 802.11b transmission at a mandatory rate at 12 Mbps:

> config 802.11b rate mandatory 12

Related Commands

show ap config 802.11a


config 802.11b rate

config 802.11 tsm

To enable or disable the video Traffic Stream Metric (TSM) option for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 tsm command.

config 802.11{ a | b} tsm { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Enables the video TSM settings.

disable

Disables the video TSM settings.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the video TSM option for the 802.11b/g network:


> config 802.11b tsm enable

This example shows how to disable the video TSM option for the 802.11b/g network:


> config 802.11b tsm disable

Related Commands

show ap stats

show client tsm

Configure Advanced 802.11 Commands

Use the config advanced 802.11 commands to configure advanced settings and devices on 802.11a, 802.11b/g, or other supported 802.11 networks.

config advanced 802.11 7920VSIEConfig

To configure the Cisco unified wireless IP phone 7920 VISE parameters, use the config advanced 802.11 7920VSIEConfig command.

config advanced 802.11{ a | b} 7920VSIEConfig { call-admission-limit limit | 
 G711-CU-Quantum quantum}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

call-admission-limit

Configures the call admission limit for the 7920s.

G711-CU-Quantum

Configures the value supplied by the infrastructure indicating the current number of channel utilization units that would be used by a single G.711-20ms call.

limit

Call admission limit (from 0 to 255). The default value is 105.

quantum

G711 quantum value. The default value is 15.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the call admission limit for 7920 VISE parameters:

> config advanced 802.11 7920VSIEConfig call-admission-limit 4

config advanced 802.11 edca-parameters

To enable a specific enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) profile on the 802.11a network, use the config advanced 802.11 edca-parameters command.

config advanced 802.11{ a | b} edca-parameters { wmm-default | svp-voice | optimized-voice | optimized-video-voice | custom-voice}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

wmm-default

Enables the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) default parameters. Choose this option when voice or video services are not deployed on your network.

svp-voice

Enables Spectralink voice priority parameters. Choose this option if Spectralink phones are deployed on your network to improve the quality of calls.

optimized-voice

Enables EDCA voice-optimized profile parameters. Choose this option when voice services other than Spectralink are deployed on your network.

optimized-video-voice

Enables EDCA voice- and video-optimized profile parameters. Choose this option when both voice and video services are deployed on your network.

Note   

If you deploy video services, admission control (ACM) must be disabled.

custom-voice

Enables custom voice EDCA parameters for 802.11a. The EDCA parameters under this option also match the 6.0 WMM EDCA parameters when this profile is applied.

Command Default

wmm-default

Examples

This example shows how to enable Spectralink voice priority parameters:

> config advanced 802.11 edca-parameters svp-voice

Related Commands

show 802.11a

config advanced 802.11b edca-parameters

config advanced fastpath fastcache

To configure the fastpath fast cache control, use the config advanced fastpath fastcache command.

config advanced fastpath fastcache { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the fastpath fast cache control.

disable

Disables the fastpath fast cache control.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the fastpath fast cache control:


> config advanced fastpath fastcache enable

Related Commands

config advanced fastpath pkt-capture

config advanced fastpath pkt-capture

To configure the fastpath packet capture, use the config advanced fastpath pkt-capture command.

config advanced fastpath pkt-capture { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the fastpath packet capture.

disable

Disables the fastpath packet capture.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the fastpath packet capture:


> config advanced fastpath pkt-capture enable

Related Commands

config advanced fastpath fastcache

config advanced sip-preferred-call-no

To configure voice prioritization, use the config advanced sip-preferred-call-no command.

config advanced sip-preferred-call-no call_index { call_number | none}

Syntax Description

call_index

Call index with valid values between 1 and 6.

call_number

Preferred call number that can contain up to 27 characters.

none

Deletes the preferred call set for the specified index.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Before you configure voice prioritization, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Set the voice to the platinum QoS level by entering the config wlan qos wlan-id platinum command.
  • Enable the admission control (ACM) to this radio by entering the config 802.11 {a | b} cac {voice | video} acm enable command.
  • Enable the call-snooping feature for a particular WLAN by entering the config wlan call-snoop enable wlan-id command. To view statistics about preferred calls, enter the show ap stats {802.11{a | b} | wlan} cisco_ap command.

Examples

This example shows how to add a new preferred call for index 2:

> config advanced sip-preferred-call-no 2 0123456789

Related Commands

config wlan qos

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac voice acm

config wlan call-snoop

show ap stats

config advanced sip-snooping-ports

To configure call snooping ports, use the config advanced sip-snooping-ports command.

config advanced sip-snooping-ports start_port end_port

Syntax Description

start_port

Starting port for call snooping. The range is from 0 to 65535.

end_port

Ending port for call snooping. The range is from 0 to 65535.

Usage Guidelines

If you need only a single port for call snooping, configure the start and end port with the same number.

The port used by the CIUS tablet is 5060 and the port range used by Facetime is from 16384 to16402.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the call snooping ports:

> config advanced sip-snooping-ports 4000 4500

Related Commands

show cac voice stats

show cac voice summary

show cac video stats

show cac video summary

config 802.11 cac video sip

config 802.11 cac voice sip

show advanced sip-preferred-call-no

show advanced sip-snooping-ports

debug cac

Configure AVC Commands

Use the config avc commands to configure Application and Visibility settings on the controller.

config avc profile create

To create a new Application Visibility and Control (AVC) profile, use the config avc profile create command.

config avc profile profile_name create

Syntax Description

profile_name

Name of the AVC profile. The profile name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

create

Creates a new AVC profile.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure up to 16 AVC profiles on a controller and associate an AVC profile with multiple WLANs. You can configure only one AVC profile per WLAN and each AVC profile can have up to 32 rules. Each rule states a Mark or Drop action for an application, which allows you to configure up to 32 application actions per WLAN.

Examples

This example shows how to create a new AVC profile:

> config avc profile avcprofile1 create

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics

debug avc error

debug avc events

config avc profile delete

To delete an AVC profile, use the config avc profile delete command.

config avc profile profile_name delete

Syntax Description

profile_name

Name of the AVC profile.

delete

Deletes an AVC profile.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an AVC profile:

> config avc profile avcprofile1 delete

Related Commands

config avc profile create

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile summary

show avc profile detailed

debug avc error

debug avc events

config avc profile rule

To configure a rule for an AVC profile, use the config avc profile rule command.

config avc profile profile_name rule { add | remove} application application_name { drop | mark dscp}

Syntax Description

profile_name

Name of the AVC profile.

rule

Configures a rule for the AVC profile.

add

Creates a rule for the AVC profile.

remove

Deletes a rule for the AVC profile.

application

Specifies the application that has to be dropped or marked.

application_name

Name of the application. The application name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

drop

Drops the upstream and downstream packets that correspond to the chosen application.

mark

Marks the upstream and downstream packets that correspond to the chosen application with the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value that you specify in the drop-down list. The DSCP value helps you provide differentiated services based on the QoS levels.

dscp

Packet header code that is used to define the QoS across the Internet. The range is from 0 to 63.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a rule for an AVC profile:

> config avc profile avcprofile1 rule add application gmail mark 10 

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile create

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics

debug avc error

debug avc events

config wlan avc

To configure Application Visibility and Control (AVC) on a WLAN, use the config wlan avc command.

config wlan avc wlan_id { profile profile_name | visibility} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

wlan_id

Wireless LAN identifier from 1 to 512.

profile

Associates or removes an AVC profile from a WLAN.

profile_name

Name of the AVC profile. The profile name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

visibility

Configures application visibility on a WLAN.

enable

Enables application visibility on a WLAN. You can view the classification of applications based on the Network Based Application Recognition (NBAR) deep packet inspection technology.

Use the show avc statistics client command to view the client AVC statistics.

disable

Disables application visibility on a WLAN.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure only one AVC profile per WLAN and each AVC profile can have up to 32 rules. Each rule states a Mark or Drop action for an application, which allows you to configure up to 32 application actions per WLAN. You can configure up to 16 AVC profiles on a controller and associate an AVC profile with multiple WLANs.

Examples

This example shows how to associate an AVC profile with a WLAN:

> config wlan avc 5 profile profile1 enable

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile create

config avc profile rule

show avc statistics

show avc profile applications

show avc applications

show avc statistics client

show avc statistics wlan

show avc statistics top-apps

show avc statistics guest-lan

show avc statistics remote-lan

debug avc error

debug avc events

Configure Band-Select Commands

Use the config band-select command to configure the band selection feature on the controller.

config band-select cycle-count

To set the band select probe cycle count, use the config band-select cycle-count command.

config band-select cycle-count count

Syntax Description

count

Value for the cycle count between 1 to 10.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the proble cycle count for band select to 8:


> config band-select cycle-count 8

Related Commands

config band-select cycle-threshold


config band-select expire

config band-select client-rssi

config band-select cycle-threshold

To set the time threshold for a new scanning cycle, use the config band-select cycle-threshold command.

config band-select cycle-threshold threshold

Syntax Description

threshold

Value for the cycle threshold between 1 and 1000 milliseconds.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the time threshold for a new scanning cycle with threshold value of 700 milliseconds:


> config band-select cycle-threshold 700

Related Commands

config band-select cycle-count


config band-select expire

config band-select client-rssi

config band-select expire

To set the entry expire for band select, use the config band-select expire command.

config band-select expire { suppression | dual-band} seconds

Syntax Description

suppression

Sets the suppression expire to the band select.

dual-band

Sets the dual band expire to the band select.

seconds

  • Value for suppression between 10 to 200 seconds.
  • Value for a dual-band between 10 to 300 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the suppression expire to 70 seconds:


> config band-select expire suppression 70

Related Commands

config band-select cycle-threshold


config band-select client-rssi

config band-select cycle-count

config band-select client-rssi

To set the client received signal strength indicator (RSSI) threshold for band select, use the config band-select client-rssi command.

config band-select client-rssi rssi

Syntax Description

rssi

Minimum dBM of a client RSSI to respond to probe between 20 and 90.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the RSSI threshold for band select to 70:


> config band-select client-rssi 70

Related Commands

config band-select cycle-threshold


config band-select expire

config band-select cycle-count

Configure Guest-LAN Commands

Use the config guest-lan commands to create, delete, enable, and disable the wireless LAN commands.

config guest-lan

To create, delete, enable or disable a wireless LAN, use the config guest-lan command.

config guest-lan { create | delete} guest_lan_id interface_name | { enable | disable} guest_lan_id

Syntax Description

create

Creates a wired LAN settings.

delete

Deletes a wired LAN settings:

guest_lan_id

LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

interface_name

Interface name up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

enable

Enables a wireless LAN.

disable

Disables a wireless LAN.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable a wireless LAN with the LAN ID 16:


> config guest-lan enable 16

Related Commands

show wlan

config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url

To redirect guest users to an external server before accessing the web login page, use the config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url command to specify the URL of the external server.

config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url ext_web_url guest_lan_id

Syntax Description

ext_web_url

URL for the external server.

guest_lan_id

Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable a wireless LAN with the LAN ID 16:

> config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url http://www.AuthorizationURL.com/ 1

Related Commands

config guest-lan

config guest-lan create

config guest-lan custom-web login_page

config guest-lan custom-web global disable

To use a guest-LAN specific custom web configuration rather than a global custom web configuration, use the config guest-lan custom-web global disable command.

config guest-lan custom-web global disable guest_lan_id

Syntax Description

guest_lan_id

Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

If you enter the config guest-lan custom-web global enable guest_lan_id command, the custom web authentication configuration at the global level is used.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the global web configuration for guest LAN ID 1:


> config guest-lan custom-web global disable 1

Related Commands

config guest-lan


config guest-lan create


config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url


config guest-lan custom-web login_page

config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type

config guest-lan custom-web login_page

To enable wired guest users to log into a customized web login page, use the config guest-lan custom-web login_page command.

config guest-lan custom-web login_page page_name guest_lan_id

Syntax Description

page_name

Name of the customized web login page.

guest_lan_id

Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to customize a web login page custompage1 for guest LAN ID 1:

> config guest-lan custom-web login_page custompage1 1

Related Commands

config guest-lan


config guest-lan create

config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url

config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type

To define the web login page for wired guest users, use the config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type command.

config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type { internal | customized | external} guest_lan_id

Syntax Description

internal

Displays the default web login page for the controller. This is the default value.

customized

Displays the custom web login page that was previously configured.

external

Redirects users to the URL that was previously configured.

guest_lan_id

Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

Command Default

Internal.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the guest LAN with the webauth-type as internal for guest LAN ID 1:


> config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type internal 1

Related Commands

config guest-lan

config guest-lan create

config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url

config guest-lan ingress-interface

To configure the wired guest VLAN’s ingress interface which provides a path between the wired guest client and the controller by way of the Layer 2 access switch, use the config guest-lan ingress-interface command.

config guest-lan ingress-interface guest_lan_id interface_name

Syntax Description

guest_lan_id

Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

interface_name

Interface name.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to provide a path between the wired guest client and the controller with guest LAN ID 1 and the interface name guest01:


> config guest-lan ingress-interface 1 guest01

Related Commands

config interface guest-lan

config guest-lan create

config guest-lan interface

To configure an egress interface to transmit wired guest traffic out of the controller, use the config guest-lan interface command.

config guest-lan interface guest_lan_id interface_name

Syntax Description

guest_lan_id

Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

interface_name

Interface name.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an egress interface to transmit guest traffic out of the controller for guest LAN ID 1 and interface name guest01:


> config guest-lan interface 1 guest01

Related Commands

config ingress-interface guest-lan

config guest-lan create

config guest-lan mobility anchor

To add or delete mobility anchor, use the config guest-lan mobility anchor command.

config guest-lan mobility anchor { add | delete} wlan_id anchor_ip

Syntax Description

add

Adds a mobility anchor.

delete

Deletes a mobility anchor.

wlan_id

WLAN identifier.

anchor_ip

IP address of the mobility anchor.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a mobility anchor for WAN ID 4 and the anchor IP 192.168.0.14:


> config guest-lan mobility anchor delete 4 192.168.0.14

Related Commands

config mobility group anchor

config mobility group domain

config mobility group keepalive count

config mobility group keepalive interval

config mobility group member

config mobility group multicast-address

config mobility multicast-mode

config mobility secure-mode

config wlan mobility anchor

debug mobility

show mobility anchor

show mobility statistics

show mobility summary

config guest-lan nac

To enable or disable Network Admission Control (NAC) out-of-band support for a guest LAN, use the config guest-lan nac command:

config guest-lan nac { enable | disable} guest_lan_id

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the NAC out-of-band support.

disable

Disables the NAC out-of-band support.

guest_lan_id

Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the NAC out-of-band support for guest LAN ID 3:


> config guest-lan nac enable 3

Related Commands

show nac statistics

show nac summary

config wlan nac

debug nac

config guest-lan security

To configure the security policy for the wired guest LAN, use the config guest-lan security command.

config guest-lan security { web-auth { enable | disable | acl | server-precedence} guest_lan_id | web-passthrough { acl | email-input | disable | enable} guest_lan_id}

Syntax Description

web-auth

Specifies web authentication.

enable

Enables the web authentication settings.

disable

Disables the web authentication settings.

acl

Configures an access control list.

server-precedence

Configures the authentication server precedence order for web authentication users.

guest_lan_id

LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

web-passthrough

Specifies the web captive portal with no authentication required.

email-input

Configures the web captive portal using an e-mail address.

Command Default

Web authentication.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the security web authentication policy for guest LAN ID 1:


> config guest-lan security web-auth enable 1

Related Commands

config ingress-interface guest-lan

config guest-lan create

config interface guest-lan

Configure mDNS Commands

Use the config mdns commands to configure Multicast DNS (mDNS) settings on the controller.

config interface group mdns-profile

To configure an mDNS profile for an interface group, use the config interface group mdns-profile command.

config interface group mdns-profile { all | interface-group-name} { profile-name | none}

Syntax Description

all

Configures an mDNS profile for all interface groups.

interface-group-name

Name of the interface group to which the mDNS profile has to be associated. The interface group name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

profile-name

Name of the mDNS profile.

none

Removes all existing mDNS profiles from the interface group. You cannot configure mDNS profiles on the interface group.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

If the mDNS profile is associated to a WLAN, an error appears.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an mDNS profile for an interface group floor1:

> config interface group mdns-profile floor1 profile1

Related Commands

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config mdns profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

config interface mdns-profile

To configure an mDNS profile for an interface, use the config interface mdns-profile command.

config interface mdns-profile { management | all interface-name} { profile-name | none}

Syntax Description

management

Configures an mDNS profile for the management interface.

all

Configures an mDNS profile for all interfaces.

interface-name

Name of the interface on which the mDNS profile has to be configured. The interface name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters.

profile-name

Name of the mDNS profile.

none

Removes all existing mDNS profiles from the interface. You cannot configure mDNS profiles on the interface.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

If the mDNS profile is associated to a WLAN, an error appears.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an mDNS profile for an interface lab1:

> config interface mdns-profile lab1 profile1

Related Commands

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config mdns profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

config mdns profile

To configure an mDNS profile and associate a service with the profile, use the config mdns profile command.

config mdns profile { create | delete | service { add | delete} service _name profile_name

Syntax Description

create

Creates an mDNS profile.

delete

Deletes an mDNS profile. If the profile is associated to an interface group, an interface, or a WLAN, an error appears.

service

Configures an mDNS service.

add

Adds an mDNS service to an mDNS profile.

delete

Deletes an mDNS service from an mDNS profile.

service -name

Name of the mDNS service.

profile_name

Name of the mDNS profile. You can create a maximum of 16 profiles.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

After creating a new profile, you must map the profile to an interface group, an interface, or a WLAN. Clients receive service advertisements only for the services associated with the profile. The controller gives the highest priority to the profiles associated to interface groups, followed by the interface profiles, and then the WLAN profiles. Each client is mapped to a profile based on the order of priority.

By default, the controller has an mDNS profile, default-mdns-profile. You cannot delete this default profile.

Examples

This example shows how to add the Apple TV mDNS service to the mDNS profile1:

> config mdns profile create profile1 Apple TV

Related Commands

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

config mdns query interval

To configure the query interval for mDNS services, use the config mdns query interval command.

config mdns query interval interval_value

Syntax Description

interval_value

mDNS query interval, in minutes that you can set. The query interval is the frequency at which the controller sends periodic queries to all the services defined in the Master Service database. The range is from 10 to 120 minutes.

Command Default

15 minutes.

Usage Guidelines

The controller snoops and learns about the mDNS service advertisements only if the service is available in the Master Services database. mDNS uses the multicast IP address 224.0.0.251 as the destination address and 5353 as UDP destination port.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the query interval for mDNS services as 20 minutes:

> config mdns query interval 20

Related Commands

config mdns profile

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

config mdns service

To configure mDNS services in the Master Services database, use the config mdns service command.

config mdns service { create service_name service_string query { enable | disable} | delete service_name | query { enable | disable}}

Syntax Description

create

Adds a new mDNS service to the Master Services database.

service_name

Name of the mDNS service. For example, Air Tunes, iTunes Music Sharing, FTP, Apple File Sharing Protocol (AFP).

service_string

Unique string associated to an mDNS service. For example,“ _airplay._tcp.local.” is the service string associated with Apple TV.

query

Configures the query status for the mDNS service.

enable

Enables periodic query for an mDNS service by the controller.

disable

Disables periodic query for an mDNS service by the controller.

delete

Deletes an mDNS service from the Master Services database. Before deleting the service, the controller checks if any profile uses the service. You must delete the service from all profiles before deleting the service.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The controller snoops and learns about the mDNS service advertisements only if the service is available in the Master Services database. The controller can snoop and learn a maximum of 64 services.

Examples

This example shows how to add the Apple TV mDNS service to the Master Services database:

> config mdns service create Apple TV _airplay._tcp.local. query enable

Related Commands

config mdns query interval

config mdns profile

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

config mdns snooping

To enable or disable global mDNS snooping on the controller, use the config mdns snooping command.

config mdns snooping { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables mDNS snooping on the controller.

disable

Disables mDNS snooping on the controller.

Command Default

Enabled.

Usage Guidelines

Multicast DNS (mDNS) service discovery provides a way to announce and discover services on the local network. mDNS perform DNS queries over IP multicast. mDNS supports zero configuration IP networking.

Examples

This example shows how to enable mDNS snooping:

> config mdns snooping enable

Related Commands

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns profile

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

config wlan mdns

To configure an muticast DNS (mDNS) profile for a WLAN, use the config wlan mdns command.

config wlan mdns { enable | disable | profile { profile-name | none}} { wlan_id | all}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables mDNS snooping on a WLAN.

disable

Disables mDNS snooping on a WLAN.

profile

Configures an mDNS profile for a WLAN.

profile-name

Name of the mDNS profile to be associated with a WLAN.

none

Removes all existing mDNS profiles from the WLAN. You cannot configure mDNS profiles on the WLAN.

wlan_id

Wireless LAN identifier from 1 to 512.

all

Configures the mDNS profile for all WLANs.

Command Default

Enabled.

Usage Guidelines

You must disable the WLAN before you use this command. Clients receive service advertisements only for the services associated with the profile. The controller gives the highest priority to the profiles associated to interface groups, followed by the interface profiles, and then the WLAN profiles. Each client is mapped to a profile based on the order of priority.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an mDNS profile for a WLAN:

> config wlan mdns profile profile1 1 

Related Commands

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config mdns profile

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

Configure Management-User Commands

Use the config mgmtuser commands to configure management user settings.

config mgmtuser add

To add a local management user to the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config mgmtuser add command.

config mgmtuser add username password { read-write | read-only} [ description]

Syntax Description

username

Account username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

password

Account password. The password can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

read-write

Creates a management user with read-write access.

read-only

Creates a management user with read-only access.

description

(Optional) Description of the account. The description can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters within double quotes.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to create a management user account with read-write access:

> config mgmtuser add admin admin read-write “Main account“

Related Commands

show mgmtuser

config mgmtuser delete

To delete a management user from the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config mgmtuser delete command.

config mgmtuser delete username

Syntax Description

username

Account username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a management user account admin from the Cisco wireless LAN controller:


> config mgmtuser delete admin
Deleted user admin

Related Commands

show mgmtuser

config mgmtuser description

To add a description to an existing management user login to the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config mgmtuser description command.

config mgmtuser description username description

Syntax Description

username

Account username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

description

Description of the account. The description can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters within double quotes.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to add a description “master-user” to the management user “admin”:


> config mgmtuser description admin "master user"

Related Commands

config mgmtuser add

config mgmtuser delete

config mgmtuser password

show mgmtuser

config mgmtuser password

To change a management user password, use the config mgmtuser password command.

config mgmtuser password username password

Syntax Description

username

Account username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

password

Account password. The password can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to change the password of the management user “admin” with the new password 5rTfm:


> config mgmtuser password admin 5rTfm

Related Commands

show mgmtuser

Configure Net User Commands

Use the config netuser commands to configure netuser settings.

config netuser add

To add a guest user on a WLAN or wired guest LAN to the local user database on the controller, use the config netuser add command.

config netuser add username password { wlan wlan_id | guestlan guestlan_id} userType guest lifetime lifetime description description

Syntax Description

username

Guest username. The username can be up to 50 alphanumeric characters.

password

User password. The password can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

wlan

Specifies the wireless LAN identifier to associate with or zero for any wireless LAN.

wlan_id

Wireless LAN identifier assigned to the user. A zero value associates the user with any wireless LAN.

guestlan

Specifies the guest LAN identifier to associate with or zero for any wireless LAN.

guestlan_id

Guest LAN ID.

userType

Specifies the user type.

guest

Specifies the guest for the guest user.

lifetime

Specifies the lifetime.

lifetime

Lifetime value (60 to 259200 or 0) in seconds for the guest user.

Note   

A value of 0 indicates an unlimited lifetime.

description

Short description of user. The description can be up to 32 characters enclosed in double-quotes.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Local network usernames must be unique because they are stored in the same database.

Examples

This example shows how to add a permanent username Jane to the wireless network for 1 hour:

> config netuser add jane able2 1 wlan_id 1 userType permanent

This example shows how to add a guest username George to the wireless network for 1 hour:

> config netuser add george able1 guestlan 1 3600

Related Commands

show netuser

config netuser delete

config netuser delete

To delete an existing user from the local network, use the config netuser delete command.

config netuser delete username

Syntax Description

username

Network username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Local network usernames must be unique because they are stored in the same database.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an existing username named able1 from the network:


> config netuser delete able1
Deleted user able1

Related Commands

show netuser

config netuser description

To add a description to an existing net user, use the config netuser description command.

config netuser description username description

Syntax Description

username

Network username. The username can contain up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

description

(Optional) User description. The description can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters enclosed in double quotes.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to add a user description “HQ1 Contact” to an existing network user named able 1:


> config netuser description able1 “HQ1 Contact”

Related Commands

show netuser

config netuser guest-lan-id

To configure a wired guest LAN ID for a network user, use the config netuser guest- lan-id command.

config netuser guest-lan-id username lan_id

Syntax Description

username

Network username. The username can be 24 alphanumeric characters.

lan_id

Wired guest LAN identifier to associate with the user. A zero value associates the user with any wired LAN.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a wired LAN ID 2 to associate with the user named aire1:


> config netuser guest- lan-id aire1 2

Related Commands

show netuser

show wlan summary

config netuser guest-role apply

To apply a quality of service (QoS) role to a guest user, use the config netuser guest-role apply command.

config netuser guest-role apply username role_name

Syntax Description

username

Name of the user.

role_name

QoS guest role name.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not assign a QoS role to a guest user, the Role field in the User Details shows the role as default. The bandwidth contracts for this user are defined in the QoS profile for the WLAN.

If you want to unassign a QoS role from a guest user, use the config netuser guest-role apply username default. This user now uses the bandwidth contracts defined in the QoS profile for the WLAN.

Examples

This example shows how to apply a QoS role to a guest user jsmith with the QoS guest role named Contractor:

> config netuser guest-role apply jsmith Contractor

Related Commands

config netuser guest-role create

config netuser guest-role delete

config netuser guest-role create

To create a quality of service (QoS) role for a guest user, use the config netuser guest-role create command.

config netuser guest-role create role_name

Syntax Description

role name

QoS guest role name.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

To delete a QoS role, use the config netuser guest-role delete role-name.

Examples

This example shows how to create a QoS role for the guest user named guestuser1:


> config netuser guest-role create guestuser1

Related Commands

config netuser guest-role delete

config netuser guest-role delete

To delete a quality of service (QoS) role for a guest user, use the config netuser guest-role delete command.

config netuser guest-role delete role_name

Syntax Description

role name

Quality of service (QoS) guest role name.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a quality of service (QoS) role for guestuser1:


> config netuser guest-role delete guestuser1

Related Commands

config netuser guest-role create

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate

To configure the average data rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis, use the config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate command.

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate role_name rate

Syntax Description

role_name

Quality of service (QoS) guest role name.

rate

Rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

For the role_name parameter in each of these commands, enter a name for the new QoS role. The name uniquely identifies the role of the QoS user (such as contractor, vendor, and so on.). For the rate parameter, you can enter a value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS role.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an average rate for the QoS guest named guestuser1:

> config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate guestuser1 0

Related Commands

config netuser guest-role create

config netuser guest-role delete

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-realtime-rate

To configure the average data rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis, use the config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-realtime-rate command.

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-realtime-rate role_name rate

Syntax Description

role_name

Quality of service (QoS) guest role name.

rate

Rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

For the role_name parameter in each of these commands, enter a name for the new QoS role. The name uniquely identifies the role of the QoS user (such as contractor, vendor, and so on.). For the rate parameter, you can enter a value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS role.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an average data rate for the QoS guest user named guestuser1 with the rate for TCP traffic of 0 Kbps:

> config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-realtime-rate guestuser1 0

Related Commands

config netuser guest-role


config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate

To configure the peak data rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis, use the config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate command.

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate role_name rate

Syntax Description

role_name

Quality of service (QoS) guest role name.

rate

Rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The burst data rate should be greater than or equal to the average data rate. Otherwise, the QoS policy may block traffic to and from the wireless client.

For the role_name parameter in each of these commands, enter a name for the new QoS role. The name uniquely identifies the role of the QoS user (such as contractor, vendor, and so on.). For the rate parameter, you can enter a value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS role.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the peak data rate for the QoS guest named guestuser1 with the rate for TCP traffic of 0 Kbps:

> config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate guestuser1 0

Related Commands

config netuser guest-role create


config netuser guest-role delete


config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-realtime-rate

To configure the burst real-time data rate for UDP traffic on a per user basis, use the config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-realtime-rate command.

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-realtime-rate role_name rate

Syntax Description

role_name

Quality of service (QoS) guest role name.

rate

Rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The burst real-time rate should be greater than or equal to the average real-time rate. Otherwise, the quality of service (QoS) policy may block traffic to and from the wireless client.

For the role_name parameter in each of these commands, enter a name for the new QoS role. The name uniquely identifies the role of the QoS user (such as contractor, vendor, and so on.). For the rate parameter, you can enter a value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS role.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a burst real-time rate for the QoS guest user named guestuser1 with the rate for TCP traffic of 0 Kbps:

> config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-realtime-rate guestuser1 0

Related Commands

config netuser guest-role

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate

config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate

config netuser lifetime

To configure the lifetime for a guest network user, use the config netuser lifetime command.

config netuser lifetime username time

Syntax Description

username

Network username. The username can be up to 50 alphanumeric characters.

time

Llifetime between 60 to 2592000 seconds or 0 for no limit.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a the lifetime for a guest network user:


> config netuser lifetime guestuser1 22450

Related Commands

show netuser

show wlan summary

config netuser maxUserLogin

To configure the maximum number of login sessions allowed for a network user, use the config netuser maxUserLogin command.

config netuser maxUserLogin count

Syntax Description

count

Maximum number of login sessions for a single user. The allowed values are from 0 (unlimited) to 8.

Command Default

0 (unlimited)

Examples

This example shows how to configure the maximum number of login sessions for a single user to 8:

> config netuser maxUserLogin 8

Related Commands

show netuser

config netuser password

To change a local network user password, use the config netuser password command.

config netuser password username password

Syntax Description

username

Network username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

password

Network user password. The password can contain up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to change the network user password from aire1 to aire2:


> config netuser password aire1 aire2

Related Commands

show netuser

config netuser wlan-id

To configure a wireless LAN ID for a network user, use the config netuser wlan-id command.

config netuser wlan-id username wlan_id

Syntax Description

username

Network username. The username can be 24 alphanumeric characters.

wlan_id

Wireless LAN identifier to associate with the user. A zero value associates the user with any wireless LAN.

Command Default

None.

Examples

Examples

This example shows how to configure a wireless LAN ID 2 to associate with the user named aire1:


> config netuser wlan-id aire1 2

Related Commands

show netuser

show wlan summary

Configure Network Commands

Use the config network commands to configure network settings.

config network 802.3-bridging

To enable or disable 802.3 bridging on a controller, use the config network 802.3-bridging command.

config network 802.3-bridging { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the 802.3 bridging.

disable

Disables the 802.3 bridging.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

In controller software release 5.2, the software-based forwarding architecture for Cisco 2100 Series Controllers is being replaced with a new forwarding plane architecture. As a result, Cisco 2100 Series Controllers and the Cisco wireless LAN controller Network Module for Cisco Integrated Services Routers bridge 802.3 packets by default. Therefore, 802.3 bridging can now be disabled only on Cisco 4400 Series Controllers, the Cisco WiSM, and the Catalyst 3750G Wireless LAN Controller Switch.

To determine the status of 802.3 bridging, enter the show netuser guest-roles command.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the 802.3 bridging:


> config network 802.3-bridging enable

Related Commands

show netuser guest-roles

show network

config network allow-old-bridge-aps

To configure an old bridge access point’s ability to associate with a switch, use the config network allow-old-bridge-aps command.

config network allow-old-bridge-aps { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the switch association.

disable

Disables the switch association.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an old bridge access point to associate with the switch:


> config network allow-old-bridge-aps enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network ap-discovery

To enable or disable NAT IP in an AP discovery response, use the config network ap-discovery command.

config network ap-discovery nat-ip-only { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables use of NAT IP only in discovery response. This is the default.

disable

Enables use of both NAT IP and non NAT IP in discovery response.

Command Default

Enabled.

Usage Guidelines

If the config interface nat-address management command is set, this command controls which address(es) are sent in the CAPWAP discovery responses.

If all APs are on the outside of the NAT gateway of the controller, enter the config network ap-discovery nat-ip-only enable command, and only the management NAT address is sent.

If the controller has both APs on the outside and the inside of its NAT gateway, enter the config network ap-discovery nat-ip-only disable command, and both the management NAT address and the management inside address are sent. Ensure that you have entered the config ap link-latency disable all command to avoid stranding APs.

Examples

This example shows how to enable NAT IP in an AP discovery response:


> config network ap-discovery nat-ip-only enable

config network ap-fallback

To configure Cisco lightweight access point fallback, use the config network ap-fallback command.

config network ap-fallback { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the Cisco lightweight access point fallback.

disable

Disables the Cisco lightweight access point fallback.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the Cisco lightweight access point fallback:


> config network ap-fallback enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network ap-priority

To enable or disable the option to prioritize lightweight access points so that after a controller failure they reauthenticate by priority rather than on a first-come-until-full basis, use the config network ap-priority command.

config network ap-priority { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the lightweight access point priority reauthentication.

disable

Disables the lightweight access point priority reauthentication.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the lightweight access point priority reauthorization:


> config network ap-priority enable

Related Commands

config ap priority

show ap summary

show network summary

config network apple-talk

To configure AppleTalk bridging, use the config network apple-talk command.

config network apple-talk { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the AppleTalk bridging.

disable

Disables the AppleTalk bridging.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure AppleTalk bridging:


> config network apple-talk enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network arptimeout

To set the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entry timeout value, use the config network arptimeout command.

config network arptimeout seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Timeout in seconds. The minimum value is 10. The default value is 300.

Command Default

300.

Examples

This example shows how to set the ARP entry timeout value to 240 seconds:


> config network arptimeout 240

Related Commands

show network summary

config network bridging-shared-secret

To configure the bridging shared secret, use the config network bridging-shared-secret command.

config network bridging-shared-secret shared_secret

Syntax Description

shared_secret

Bridging shared secret string. The string can contain up to 10 bytes.

Command Default

Enabled.

Usage Guidelines

This command creates a secret that encrypts backhaul user data for the mesh access points that connect to the switch.

The zero-touch configuration must be enabled for this command to work.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the bridging shared secret string “shhh1”:


> config network bridging-shared-secret shhh1

Related Commands

show network summary

config network broadcast

To enable or disable broadcast packet forwarding, use the config network broadcast command.

config network broadcast { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the broadcast packet forwarding.

disable

Disables the broadcast packet forwarding.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

This command allows you to enable or disable broadcasting. You must enable multicast mode before enabling broadcast forwarding. Use the config network multicast mode command to configure multicast mode on the controller.


Note


The default multicast mode is unicast in case of all controllers except for Cisco 2106 Controllers.

The broadcast packets and multicast packets can be independently controlled. If multicast is off and broadcast is on, broadcast packets still reach the access points, based on the configured multicast mode.


Examples

This example shows how to enable broadcast packet forwarding:


> config network broadcast enable

Related Commands

show network summary


config network multicast global


config network multicast mode

config network fast-ssid-change

To enable or disable fast Service Set Identifier (SSID) changing for mobile stations, use the config network fast-ssid-change command.

config network fast-ssid-change { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the fast SSID changing for mobile stations

disable

Disables the fast SSID changing for mobile stations.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

When you enable the Fast SSID Change feature, the controller allows clients to move between SSIDs. When the client sends a new association for a different SSID, the client entry in the controller connection table is cleared before the client is added to the new SSID.

When you disable the FastSSID Change feature, the controller enforces a delay before clients are allowed to move to a new SSID.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the fast SSID changing for mobile stations:


> config network fast-ssid-change enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network ip-mac-binding

To validate the source IP address and MAC address binding within client packets, use the config network ip-mac-binding command.

config network ip-network-binding { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables this command.

disable

Disables this command.

Command Default

Enabled.

Usage Guidelines

In controller software release 5.2, the controller enforces strict IP address-to-MAC address binding in client packets. The controller checks the IP address and MAC address in a packet, compares them to the addresses that are registered with the controller, and forwards the packet only if they both match. In previous releases, the controller checks only the MAC address of the client and ignores the IP address.


Note


You might want to disable this binding check if you have a routed network behind a workgroup bridge (WGB).


Examples

This example shows how to validate the source IP and MAC address within client packets:


> config network ip-mac-binding enable

config network master-base

To enable or disable the Cisco wireless LAN controller as an access point default master, use the config network master-base command.

config network master-base { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the Cisco wireless LAN controller acting as a Cisco lightweight access point default master.

disable

Disables the Cisco wireless LAN controller acting as a Cisco lightweight access point default master.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

This setting is only used upon network installation and should be disabled after the initial network configuration. Because the Master Cisco wireless LAN controller is normally not used in a deployed network, the Master Cisco wireless LAN controller setting can be saved from 6.0.199.0 or later releases.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the Cisco wireless LAN controller as a default master:


> config network master-base enable

config network mgmt-via-wireless

To enable Cisco wireless LAN controller management from an associated wireless client, use the config network mgmt-via-wireless command.

config network mgmt-via-wireless { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the switch management from a wireless interface.

disable

Disables the switch management from a wireless interface.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

This feature allows wireless clients to manage only the Cisco wireless LAN controller associated with the client and the associated Cisco lightweight access point. That is, clients cannot manage another Cisco wireless LAN controller with which they are not associated.

Examples

This example shows how to configure switch management from a wireless interface:


> config network mgmt-via-wireless enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network multicast global

To enable or disable multicasting on the controller, use the config network multicast global command.

config network multicast global { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the multicast global support.

disable

Disables the multicast global support.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

The config network broadcast {enable | disable} command allows you to enable or disable broadcasting without enabling or disabling multicasting as well. This command uses the multicast mode configured on the controller (by using the config network multicast mode command) to operate.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the global multicast support:


> config network multicast global enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network broadcast

config network multicast mode

config network multicast igmp query interval

To configure the IGMP query interval, use the config network multicast igmp query interval command.

config network multicast igmp query interval value

Syntax Description

value

Frequency at which controller sends IGMP query messages. The range is from 15 to 2400 seconds.

Command Default

20 seconds.

Usage Guidelines

To configure IGMP query interval, ensure that you do the following:

  • Enable the global multicast by entering the config network multicast global enable command.
  • Enable IGMP snooping by entering the config network multicast igmp snooping enable command.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the IGMP query interval at 20 seconds:


> config network multicast igmp query interval 20

Related Commands

config network multicast global

config network multicast igmp snooping

config network multicast igmp timeout

config network multicast igmp snooping

To enable or disable IGMP snooping, use the config network multicast igmp snooping command.

config network multicast igmp snooping { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables IGMP snooping.

disable

Disables IGMP snooping.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable internet IGMP snooping settings:


> config network multicast igmp snooping enable

Related Commands

config network multicast global

config network multicast igmp query interval

config network multicast igmp timeout

config network multicast igmp timeout

To set the IGMP timeout value, use the config network multicast igmp timeout command.

config network multicast igmp timeout value

Syntax Description

value

Timeout range from 30 to 7200 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

You can enter a timeout value between 30 and 7200 seconds. The controller sends three queries in one timeout value at an interval of timeout/3 to see if any clients exist for a particular multicast group. If the controller does not receive a response through an IGMP report from the client, the controller times out the client entry from the MGID table. When no clients are left for a particular multicast group, the controller waits for the IGMP timeout value to expire and then deletes the MGID entry from the controller. The controller always generates a general IGMP query (to destination address 224.0.0.1) and sends it on all WLANs with an MGID value of 1.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the timeout value 50 for IGMP network settings:


> config network multicast igmp timeout 50

Related Commands

config network multicast global

config network igmp snooping

config network multicast igmp query interval

config network multicast l2mcast

To configure the Layer 2 multicast on an interface or all interfaces, use the config network multicast l2mcast command.

config network multicast l2mcast { enable| disable { all | interface-name}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables Layer 2 multicast.

disable

Disables Layer 2 multicast.

all

Applies to all interfaces.

interface-name

Interface name for which the Layer 2 multicast is to enabled or disabled.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable Layer 2 multicast for all interfaces:


> config network multicast l2mcast enable all

Related Commands

config network multicast global


config network multicast igmp snooping


config network multicast igmp query interval

config network multicast mld

config network multicast mld

To configure the Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) parameters, use the config network multicast mld command.

config network multicast mld { query interval interval-value | snooping { enable | disable} | timeout timeout-value}

Syntax Description

query interval

Configures query interval to send MLD query messages.

interval-value

Query interval in seconds. The range is from 15 to 2400 seconds.

snooping

Configures MLD snooping.

enable

Enables MLD snooping.

disable

Disables MLD snooping.

timeout

Configures MLD timeout.

timeout-value

Timeout value in seconds. The range is from 30 seconds to 7200 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set a query interval of 20 seconds for MLD query messages:


> config network multicast mld query interval 20

Related Commands

config network multicast global


config network multicast igmp snooping


config network multicast igmp query interval

config network multicast l2mcast

config network multicast mode multicast

To configure the controller to use the multicast method to send broadcast or multicast packets to an access point, use the config network multicast mode multicast command.

config network multicast mode multicast

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the multicast mode to send a single copy of data to multiple receivers:


> config network multicast mode multicast 

Related Commands

config network multicast global

config network broadcast

config network multicast mode unicast

config network multicast mode unicast

To configure the controller to use the unicast method to send broadcast or multicast packets to an access point, use the config network multicast mode unicast command.

config network multicast mode unicast

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the controller to use the unicast mode:


> config network multicast mode unicast 

Related Commands

config network multicast global

config network broadcast

config network multicast mode multicast

config network oeap-600 dual-rlan-ports

To configure the Ethernet port 3 of Cisco OfficeExtend 600 Series access points to operate as a remote LAN port in addition to port 4, use the config network oeap-600 dual-rlan-ports command.

config network oeap-600 dual-rlan-ports { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables Ethernet port 3 of Cisco OfficeExtend 600 Series access points to operate as a remote LAN port in addition to port 4.

disable

Resets the Ethernet port 3 Cisco OfficeExtend 600 Series access points to function as a local LAN port.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the Ethernet port 3 of Cisco OfficeExtend 600 Series access points to operate as a remote LAN port:


> config network oeap-600 dual-rlan-ports enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network oeap-600 local-network

To configure access to the local network for the Cisco 600 Series OfficeExtend access points, use the config network oeap-600 local-network command.

config network oeap-600 local-network { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables access to the local network for the Cisco 600 Series OfficeExtend access points.

disable

Disables access to the local network for the Cisco 600 Series OfficeExtend access points.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable access to the local network for the Cisco 600 Series OfficeExtend access points:


> config network oeap-600 local-network enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network otap-mode

To enable or disable over-the-air provisioning (OTAP) of Cisco lightweight access points, use the config network otap-mode command.

config network otap-mode { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the OTAP provisioning.

disable

Disables the OTAP provisioning.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the OTAP provisioning:


> config network otap-mode disable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network rf-network-name

To set the RF-Network name, use the config network rf-network-name command.

config network rf-network-name name

Syntax Description

name

RF-Network name. The name can contain up to 19 characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the RF-network name to travelers:


> config network rf-network-name travelers

Related Commands

show network summary

config network secureweb

To change the state of the secure web (https is http and SSL) interface for management users, use the config network secureweb command.

config network secureweb { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the secure web interface for management users.

disable

Disables the secure web interface for management users.

Command Default

Enabled.

Usage Guidelines

This command allows management users to access the controller GUI using an http://ip-address. Web mode is not a secure connection.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the secure web interface settings for management users:


> config network secureweb enable
You must reboot for the change to take effect.

Related Commands

config network secureweb cipher-option

show network summary

config network secureweb cipher-option

To enable or disable secure web mode with increased security, or to enable or disable Secure Sockets Layer (SSL v2) for web administration and web authentication, use the config network secureweb cipher-option command.

config network secureweb cipher-option { high | sslv2 | rc4-preference} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

high

Configures whether or not 128-bit ciphers are required for web administration and web authentication.

sslv2

Configures SSLv2 for both web administration and web authentication.

rc4-preference

Configures preference for RC4-SHA (Rivest Cipher 4-Secure Hash Algorithm) cipher suites (over CBC cipher suites) for web authentication and web administration.

enable

Enables the secure web interface.

disable

Disables the secure web interface.

Command Default

The default is disabled for secure web mode with increased security and enabled for SSL v2.

Usage Guidelines


Note


The config network secureweb cipher-option command allows users to access the controller GUI using an http://ip-address but only from browsers that support 128-bit (or larger) ciphers.


When cipher-option sslv2 is disabled, users cannot connect using a browser configured with SSLv2 only. They must use a browser that is configured to use a more secure protocol such as SSLv3 or later.

In RC4-SHA based cipher suites, RC4 is used for encryption and SHA is used for message authentication.

Examples

This example shows how to enable secure web mode with increased security:


> config network secureweb cipher-option 

This example shows how to disable SSL v2:


> config network secureweb cipher-option sslv2 disable

Related Commands

config network secureweb

show network summary

config network ssh

To allow or disallow new Secure Shell (SSH) sessions, use the config network ssh command.

config network ssh { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Allows the new SSH sessions.

disable

Disallows the new SSH sessions.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the new SSH session:


> config network ssh enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network telnet

To allow or disallow new Telnet sessions, use the config network telnet command.

config network telnet { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Allows new Telnet sessions.

disable

Disallows new Telnet sessions.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the new Telnet sessions:


> config network telnet enable

Related Commands

config ap telnet

show network summary

config network usertimeout

To change the timeout for idle client sessions, use the config network usertimeout command.

config network usertimeout seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Timeout duration in seconds. The minimum value is 90. The default value is 300.

Command Default

300.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to set the idle client session duration on the Cisco wireless LAN controller. The minimum duration is 90 seconds.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the idle session timeout to 1200 seconds:


> config network usertimeout 1200

Related Commands

show network summary

config network web-auth captive-bypass

To configure the controller to support bypass of captive portals at the network level, use the config network web-auth captive-bypass command.

config network web-auth captive-bypass { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Allows the controller to support bypass of captive portals.

disable

Disallows the controller to support bypass of captive portals.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the controller to support bypass of captive portals:


> config network web-auth captive-bypass enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network web-auth cmcc-support

config network web-auth cmcc-support

To configure eWalk on the controller, use the config network web-auth cmcc-support command.

config network web-auth cmcc-support { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables eWalk on the controller.

disable

Disables eWalk on the controller.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable eWalk on the controller:

> config network web-auth cmcc-support enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network web-auth captive-bypass

config network web-auth port

To configure an additional port to be redirected for web authentication at the network level, use the config network web-auth port command.

config network web-auth port port

Syntax Description

port

Port number. The valid range is from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an additional port number 1200 to be redirected for web authentication:


> config network web-auth port 1200

Related Commands

show network summary

config network web-auth proxy-redirect

To configure proxy redirect support for web authentication clients, use the config network web-auth proxy-redirect command.

config network web-auth proxy-redirect { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Allows proxy redirect support for web authentication clients.

disable

Disallows proxy redirect support for web authentication clients.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable proxy redirect support for web authentication clients:


> config network web-auth proxy-redirect enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network web-auth secureweb

To configure the secure web (https) authentication for clients, use the config network web-auth secureweb command.

config network web-auth secureweb { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Allows secure web (https) authentication for clients.

disable

Disallows secure web (https) authentication for clients. Enables http for Web Auth clients.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the secure web (https) authentication for clients:


> config network web-auth secureweb enable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network webmode

To enable or disable the web mode, use the config network webmode command.

config network webmode { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the web interface.

disable

Disables the web interface.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the web interface mode:


> config network webmode disable

Related Commands

show network summary

config network web-auth

To configure the network-level web authentication options, use the config network web-auth command.

config network web-auth { port port-number} | { proxy-redirect { enable | disable}}

Syntax Description

port

Configures additional ports for web authentication redirection.

port-number

Port number (between 0 and 65535).

proxy-redirect

Configures proxy redirect support for web authentication clients.

enable

Enables proxy redirect support for web authentication clients.

Note   

Web-auth proxy redirection will be enabled for ports 80, 8080, and 3128, along with user defined port 345.

disable

Disables proxy redirect support for web authentication clients.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

You must reset the system for the configuration to take effect.

Examples

This example shows how to enable proxy redirect support for web authentication clients:


> config network web-auth proxy-redirect enable

Related Commands

show network summary


show run-config

config qos protocol-type

config network zero-config

To configure bridge access point ZeroConfig support, use the config network zero-config command.

config network zero-config { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the bridge access point ZeroConfig support.

disable

Disables the bridge access point ZeroConfig support.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the bridge access point ZeroConfig support:


> config network zero-config enable

Related Commands

show network summary

Configure QoS Commands

Use the config qos commands to configure Quality of Service (QoS) settings.

config qos average-data-rate

To define the average data rate in Kbps for TCP traffic per user or per service set identifier (SSID), use the config qos average-data-rate command.

config qos average-data-rate { bronze | silver | gold | platinum} { per-ssid | per-client} { downstream | upstream} rate

Syntax Description

bronze

Specifies the average data rate for the queue bronze.

silver

Specifies the average data rate for the queue silver.

gold

Specifies the average data rate for the queue gold.

platinum

Specifies the average data rate for the queue platinum.

per-ssid

Configures the rate limit for an SSID per radio. The combined traffic of all clients will not exceed this limit.

per-client

Configures the rate limit for each client associated with the SSID.

downstream

Configures the rate limit for downstream traffic.

upstream

Configures the rate limit for upstream traffic.

rate

Average data rate for TCP traffic per user. A value between 0 and 51,2000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS profile.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the average data rate 0 Kbps for the queue gold per SSID:


> config qos average-data-rate gold per ssid downstream 0

Related Commands

config qos burst-data-rate

config qos average-realtime-rate

config qos burst-realtime-rate

config wlan override-rate-limit

config qos average-realtime-rate

To define the average real-time data rate in Kbps for UDP traffic per user or per service set identifier (SSID), use the config qos average-realtime-rate command.

config qos average-realtime-rate { bronze | silver | gold | platinum} { per-ssid | per-client} { downstream | upstream} rate

Syntax Description

bronze

Specifies the average real-time data rate for the queue bronze.

silver

Specifies the average real-time data rate for the queue silver.

gold

Specifies the average real-time data rate for the queue gold.

platinum

Specifies the average real-time data rate for the queue platinum.

per-ssid

Configures the rate limit for an SSID per radio. The combined traffic of all clients will not exceed this limit.

per-client

Configures the rate limit for each client associated with the SSID.

downstream

Configures the rate limit for downstream traffic.

upstream

Configures the rate limit for upstream traffic.

rate

Average real-time data rate for UDP traffic per user. A value between 0 and 51,2000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS profile.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the average real-time actual rate for queue gold:


> config qos average-realtime-rate gold per ssid downstream 10

Related Commands

config qos average-data-rate

config qos burst-data-rate

config qos burst-realtime-rate

config wlan override-rate-limit

config qos burst-data-rate

To define the peak data rate in Kbps for TCP traffic per user or per service set identifier (SSID), use the config qos burst-data-rate command.

config qos burst-data-rate { bronze | silver | gold | platinum} { per-ssid | per-client} { downstream | upstream} rate

Syntax Description

bronze

Specifies the peak data rate for the queue bronze.

silver

Specifies the peak data rate for the queue silver.

gold

Specifies the peak data rate for the queue gold.

platinum

Specifies the peak data rate for the queue platinum.

per-ssid

Configures the rate limit for an SSID per radio. The combined traffic of all clients will not exceed this limit.

per-client

Configures the rate limit for each client associated with the SSID.

downstream

Configures the rate limit for downstream traffic.

upstream

Configures the rate limit for upstream traffic.

rate

Peak data rate for TCP traffic per user. A value between 0 and 51,2000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS profile.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the peak rate 30000 Kbps for the queue gold:


> config qos burst-data-rate gold per ssid downstream 30000

Related Commands

config qos average-data-rate

config qos average-realtime-rate

config qos burst-realtime-rate

config wlan override-rate-limit

config qos burst-realtime-rate

To define the burst real-time data rate in Kbps for UDP traffic per user or per service set identifier (SSID), use the config qos burst-realtime-rate command.

config qos burst-realtime-rate { bronze | silver | gold | platinum} { per-ssid | per-client } { downstream | upstream } rate

Syntax Description

bronze

Specifies the burst real-time data rate for the queue bronze.

silver

Specifies the burst real-time data rate for the queue silver.

gold

Specifies the burst real-time data rate for the queue gold.

platinum

Specifies the burst real-time data rate for the queue platinum.

per-ssid

Configures the rate limit for an SSID per radio. The combined traffic of all clients will not exceed this limit.

per-client

Configures the rate limit for each client associated with the SSID.

downstream

Configures the rate limit for downstream traffic.

upstream

Configures the rate limit for upstream traffic.

rate

Burst real-time data rate for UDP traffic per user. A value between 0 and 51,2000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS profile.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the burst real-time actual rate 2000 Kbps for the queue gold:


> config qos burst-realtime-rate gold per ssid downstream  2000

Related Commands

config qos average-data-rate

config qos burst-data-rate

config qos average-realtime-rate

config wlan override-rate-limit

config qos description

To change the profile description, use the config qos description command.

config qos description { bronze | silver | gold | platinum} description

Syntax Description

bronze

Specifies the QoS profile description for the queue bronze.

silver

Specifies the QoS profile description for the queue silver.

gold

Specifies the QoS profile description for the queue gold.

platinum

Specifies the QoS profile description for the queue platinum.

description

QoS profile description.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the QoS profile description “description” for the queue gold:


> config qos description gold abc

Related Commands

show qos average-data-rate

config qos burst-data-rate

config qos average-realtime-rate

config qos burst-realtime-rate

config qos max-rf-usage

config qos max-rf-usage

To specify the maximum percentage of RF usage per access point, use the config qos max-rf-usage command.

config qos max-rf-usage { bronze | silver | gold | platinum} usage_percentage

Syntax Description

bronze

Specifies the maximum percentage of RF usage for the queue bronze.

silver

Specifies the maximum percentage of RF usage for the queue silver.

gold

Specifies the maximum percentage of RF usage for the queue gold.

platinum

Specifies the maximum percentage of RF usage for the queue platinum.

usage-percentage

Maximum percentage of RF usage.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the maximum percentage of RF usage for the queue gold:


> config qos max-rf-usage gold 20

Related Commands

show qos description

config qos average-data-rate

config qos burst-data-rate

config qos average-realtime-rate

config qos burst-realtime-rate

config qos dot1p-tag

To define the maximum value (0-7) for the priority tag associated with packets that fall within the profile, use the config qos dot1p-tag command.

config qos dot1p-tag { bronze | silver | gold | platinum} dot1p_tag

Syntax Description

bronze

Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue bronze.

silver

Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue silver.

gold

Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue gold.

platinum

Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue platinum.

dot1p_tag

Dot1p tag value between 1 and 7.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the a QoS 802.1p tag for the queue gold with the dot1p tag value of 5:


> config qos dot1p-tag gold 5

Related Commands

show qos queue_length all

config qos protocol-type

config qos priority

To define the maximum and default QoS levels for unicast and multicast traffic when you assign a QoS profile to a WLAN, use the config qos priority command.

config qos priority { bronze | silver | gold | platinum} { maximum-priority | default-unicast-priority | default-multicast-priority}

Syntax Description

bronze

Specifies a Bronze profile of the WLAN.

silver

Specifies a Silver profile of the WLAN.

gold

Specifies a Gold profile of the WLAN.

platinum

Specifies a Platinum profile of the WLAN.

maximum-priority

Maximum QoS priority as one of the following:

  • besteffort
  • background
  • video
  • voice

default-unicast-priority

Default unicast priority as one of the following:

  • besteffort
  • background
  • video
  • voice

default-multicast-priority

Default multicast priority as one of the following:

  • besteffort
  • background
  • video
  • voice

Usage Guidelines

The maximum priority level should not be lower than the default unicast and multicast priority levels.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the QoS priority for a gold profile of the WLAN with voice as the maximum priority, video as the default unicast priority, and besteffort as the default multicast priority.


> config qos priority gold voice video besteffort

Related Commands

config qos protocol-type

config qos protocol-type

To define the maximum value (0-7) for the priority tag associated with packets that fall within the profile, use the config qos protocol-type command.

config qos protocol-type { bronze | silver | gold | platinum} { none | dot1p}

Syntax Description

bronze

Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue bronze.

silver

Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue silver.

gold

Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue gold.

platinum

Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue platinum.

none

Specifies when no specific protocol is assigned.

dot1p

Specifies when dot1p type protocol is assigned.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the QoS protocol type silver:


> config qos protocol-type silver dot1p

Related Commands

show qos queue_length all

config qos dot1p-tag

config qos queue_length

To specify the maximum number of packets that access points keep in their queues, use the config qos queue_length command.

config qos queue_length { bronze | silver | gold | platinum} queue_length

Syntax Description

bronze

Specifies the QoS length for the queue bronze.

silver

Specifies the QoS length for the queue silver.

gold

Specifies the QoS length for the queue gold.

platinum

Specifies the QoS length for the queue platinum.

queue_length

Maximum queue length values (10 to 255).

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the QoS length for the queue “gold” with the maximum queue length value as 12:


> config qos queue_length gold 12

Related Commands

show qos

Configure SNMP Commands

Use the config snmp commands to configure Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) settings.

config snmp community accessmode

To modify the access mode (read only or read/write) of an SNMP community, use the config snmp community accessmode command.

config snmp community accessmode { ro | rw} name

Syntax Description

ro

Specifies a read-only mode.

rw

Specifies a read/write mode.

name

SNMP community name.

Command Default

Two communities are provided by default with the following settings:


SNMP Community Name Client IP Address Client IP Mask   Access Mode Status
------------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------- ------
public              0.0.0.0           0.0.0.0          Read Only   Enable
private             0.0.0.0           0.0.0.0          Read/Write  Enable

Examples

This example shows how to configure read/write access mode for SNMP community:


> config snmp community accessmode rw private

Related Commands

show snmp community


config snmp community mode


config snmp community create


config snmp community delete


config snmp community ipaddr

config snmp community create

To create a new SNMP community, use the config snmp community create command.

config snmp community create name

Syntax Description

name

SNMP community name of up to 16 characters.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a new community with the default configuration.

Examples

This example shows how to create a new SNMP community named test:


> config snmp community create test

Related Commands

show snmp community


config snmp community mode


config snmp community accessmode


config snmp community delete


config snmp community ipaddr

config snmp community delete

To delete an SNMP community, use the config snmp community delete command.

config snmp community delete name

Syntax Description

name

SNMP community name.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an SNMP community named test:


> config snmp community delete test

Related Commands

show snmp community


config snmp community mode


config snmp community accessmode


config snmp community create

config snmp community ipaddr

config snmp community ipaddr

To configure the IP address of an SNMP community, use the config snmp community ipaddr command.

config snmp community ipaddr ip_address ip_mask name

Syntax Description

ip_address

SNMP community IP address.

ip_mask

SNMP community subnet mask.

name

SNMP community name.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an SNMP community with the IP address 10.10.10.10, IP mask 255.255.255.0, and SNMP community named public:


> config snmp community ipaddr 10.10.10.10 255.255.255.0 public

Related Commands

show snmp community


config snmp community mode


config snmp community accessmode


config snmp community create

config snmp community delete

config snmp community mode

To enable or disable an SNMP community, use the config snmp community mode command.

config snmp community mode { enable | disable} name

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the community.

disable

Disables the community.

name

SNMP community name.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the SNMP community named public:


> config snmp community mode disable public

Related Commands

show snmp community


config snmp community delete

config snmp community accessmode


config snmp community create

config snmp community ipaddr

config snmp engineID

To configure the SNMP engine ID, use the config snmp engineID command.

config snmp engineID { engine_id | default}

Syntax Description

engine_id

Engine ID in hexadecimal characters (a minimum of 10 and a maximum of 24 characters are allowed).

default

Restores the default engine ID.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The SNMP engine ID is a unique string used to identify the device for administration purposes. You do need to specify an engine ID for the device because a default string is automatically generated using Cisco’s enterprise number and the MAC address of the first interface on the device.

If you change the engine ID, then a reboot is required for the change to take effect.

Caution If you change the value of the SNMP engine ID, then the password of the user entered on the command line is converted to an MD5 (Message-Digest algorithm 5) or SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) security digest. This digest is based on both the password and the local engine ID. The command line password is then deleted. Because of this deletion, if the local value of the engine ID changes, the security digests of the SNMP users will become invalid, and the users will have to be reconfigured.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the SNMP engine ID with the value fffffffffff:


> config snmp engineID fffffffffff

Related Commands

show snmpengineID

config snmp syscontact

To set the SNMP system contact name, use the config snmp syscontact command.

config snmp syscontact contact

Syntax Description

contact

SNMP system contact name. The contact can be up to 31 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the SMNP system contact named Cisco WLAN Solution_administrator:


> config snmp syscontact Cisco WLAN Solution_administrator

Related Commands

show snmpcommunity

config snmp syslocation

To configure the SNMP system location name, use the config snmp syslocation command.

config snmp syslocation location

Syntax Description

location

SNMP system location name. The location can be up to 31 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the SNMP system location name to Building_2a:


> config snmp syslocation Building_2a

Related Commands

show snmpcommunity

config snmp trapreceiver create

To configure a server to receive SNMP traps, use the config snmp trapreceiver create command.

config snmp trapreceiver create name ip_address

Syntax Description

name

SNMP community name. The name contain up to 16 characters.

ip_address

SNMP community IP address.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The IP address must be valid for the command to add the new server.

Examples

This example shows how to add a new SNMP trap receiver with the SNMP community named test and IP address 10.1.1.1:


> config snmp trapreceiver create test 10.1.1.1

Related Commands

show snmp trap

config snmp trapreceiver delete

To delete a server from the trap receiver list, use the config snmp trapreceiver delete command.

config snmp trapreceiver delete name

Syntax Description

name

SNMP community name. The name can contain up to 16 characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to delete a server named test from the SNMP trap receiver list:


> config snmp trapreceiver delete test

Related Commands

show snmp trap

config snmp trapreceiver mode

To send or disable sending traps to a selected server, use the config snmp trapreceiver mode command.

config snmp trapreceiver mode { enable | disable} name

Syntax Description

enable

Enables an SNMP trap receiver.

disable

Disables an SNMP trap receiver.

name

SNMP community name.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

This command enables or disables the Cisco wireless LAN controller from sending the traps to the selected server.

Examples

This example shows how to disable an SNMP trap receiver from sending traps to a server named server1:


> config snmp trapreceiver mode disable server1

Related Commands

show snmp trap

config snmp v3user create

To create a version 3 SNMP user, use the config snmp v3user create command.

config snmp v3user create username { ro | rw} { none | hmacmd5 | hmacsha} { none | des | aescfb128} [ auth_key] [ encrypt_key]

Syntax Description

username

Version 3 SNMP username.

ro

Specifies a read-only user privilege.

rw

Specifies a read-write user privilege.

none

Specifies if no authentication is required.

hmacmd5

Specifies Hashed Message Authentication Coding Message Digest 5 (HMAC-MD5) for authentication.

hmacsha

Specifies Hashed Message Authentication Coding-Secure Hashing Algorithm (HMAC-SHA) for authentication.

none

Specifies if no encryption is required.

des

Specifies to use Cipher Block Chaining-Digital Encryption Standard (CBC-DES) encryption.

aescfb128

Specifies to use Cipher Feedback Mode-Advanced Encryption Standard-128 (CFB-AES-128) encryption.

auth_key

(Optional) Authentication key for the HMAC-MD5 or HMAC-SHA authentication protocol.

encrypt_key

(Optional) Encryption key for the CBC-DES or CFB-AES-128 encryption protocol.

Command Default

SNMP v3 username AccessMode  Authentication Encryption


-------------------- ------------- -------------- -----------
default              Read/Write  		HMAC-SHA       CFB-AES

Examples

This example shows how to add an SNMP username named test with read-only privileges and no encryption or authentication:


> config snmp v3user create test ro none none

Related Commands

show snmpv3user

config snmp v3user delete

To delete a version 3 SNMP user, use the config snmp v3user delete command.

config snmp v3user delete username

Syntax Description

username

Username to delete.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to remove an SNMP user named test:


> config snmp v3user delete test

Related Commands

show snmp v3user

config snmp version

To enable or disable selected SNMP versions, use the config snmp version command.

config snmp version { v1 | v2 | v3} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

v1

Specifies an SNMP version to enable or disable.

v2

Specifies an SNMP version to enable or disable.

v3

Specifies an SNMP version to enable or disable.

enable

Enables a specified version.

disable

Disables a specified version.

Command Default

All versions enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable SNMP version v1:


> config snmp version v1 enable

Related Commands

show snmpversion

Configure Trap Flag Commands

Use the config trapflags commands to configure trap flags settings.

config trapflags 802.11-Security

To enable or disable sending 802.11 security-related traps, use the config trapflags 802.11-Security command.

config trapflags 802.11-SecuritywepDecryptError { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables sending 802.11 security-related traps.

disable

Disables sending 802.11 security-related traps.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the 802.11 security related traps:


> config trapflags 802.11-Security wepDecryptError disable 

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags aaa

To enable or disable the sending of AAA server-related traps, use the config trapflags aaa command.

config trapflags aaa { auth | servers} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

auth

Enables trap sending when an AAA authentication failure occurs for management user, net user, or MAC filter.

servers

Enables trap sending when no RADIUS servers are responding.

enable

Enables the sending of AAA server-related traps.

disable

Disables the sending of AAA server-related traps.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the sending of AAA server-related traps:


> config trapflags aaa auth enable 

Related Commands

show watchlist

config trapflags adjchannel-rogueap

To configure trap notifications when a rogue access point is detected at the adjacent channel, use the config trapflags adjchannel-rogueap command.

config trapflags adjchannel-rogueap { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables trap notifications when a rogue access point is detected at the adjacent channel.

disable

Disables trap notifications when a rogue access point is detected at the adjacent channel.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable trap notifications when a rogue access point is detected at the adjacent channel:

> config trapflags adjchannel-rogueap enable

Related Commands

config trapflags 802.11-Security

config trapflags aaa

config trapflags ap

config trapflags authentication

config trapflags client

config trapflags configsave

config trapflags IPsec

config trapflags linkmode

config trapflags multiusers

config trapflags mesh

config trapflags strong-pwdcheck

config trapflags rfid

config trapflags rogueap

show trapflags

config trapflags ap

To enable or disable the sending of Cisco lightweight access point traps, use the config trapflags ap command.

config trapflags ap { register | interfaceUp} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

register

Enables sending a trap when a Cisco lightweight access point registers with Cisco switch.

interfaceUp

Enables sending a trap when a Cisco lightweight access point interface (A or B) comes up.

enable

Enables sending access point-related traps.

disable

Disables sending access point-related traps.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to prevent traps from sending access point-related traps:


> config trapflags ap register disable

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags authentication

To enable or disable sending traps with invalid SNMP access, use the config trapflags authentication command.

config trapflags authentication { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables sending traps with invalid SNMP access.

disable

Disables sending traps with invalid SNMP access.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to prevent sending traps on invalid SNMP access:


> config trapflags authentication disable

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags client

To enable or disable the sending of client-related DOT11 traps, use the config trapflags client command.

config trapflags client { 802.11-associate 802.11-disassociate | 802.11-deauthenticate | 802.11-authfail | 802.11-assocfail | authentication | excluded} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

802.11-associate

Enables the sending of Dot11 association traps to clients.

802.11-disassociate

Enables the sending of Dot11 disassociation traps to clients.

802.11-deauthenticate

Enables the sending of Dot11 deauthentication traps to clients.

802.11-authfail

Enables the sending of Dot11 authentication fail traps to clients.

802.11-assocfail

Enables the sending of Dot11 association fail traps to clients.

authentication

Enables the sending of authentication success traps to clients.

excluded

Enables the sending of excluded trap to clients.

enable

Enables sending of client-related DOT11 traps.

disable

Disables sending of client-related DOT11 traps.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the sending of Dot11 disassociation trap to clients:


> config trapflags client 802.11-disassociate enable

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags client max-warning-threshold

To configure the threshold value of the number of clients that associate with the controller, after which an SNMP trap and a syslog message is sent to the controller, use the config trapflags client max-warning-threshold command.

config trapflags client max-warning-threshold { threshold | enable | disable}

Syntax Description

threshold

Configures the threshold percentage value of the number of clients that associate with the controller, after which an SNMP trap and a syslog message is sent to the controller. The range is from 80 to 100.

The minimum interval between two warnings is 10 mins You cannot configure this interval.

enable

Enables the generation of the traps and syslog messages.

disable

Disables the generation of the traps and syslog messages.

Command Default

90.

Usage Guidelines

Table 1  Maximum Number of Clients Supported on Different Controllers

Controller

Maximum number of supported clients

Cisco 5500 Series Controllers 7000
Cisco 2500 Series Controllers 500
Cisco Wireless Services Module 2 15000
Cisco Flex 7500 Series Controllers 64000
Cisco 8500 Series Controllers 64000
Cisco Virtual Wireless LAN Controllers 30000

Examples

This example shows how to configure the threshold value of the number of clients that associate with the controller:

> config trapflags client max-warning-threshold 80

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags client

config trapflags configsave

To enable or disable the sending of configuration-saved traps, use the config trapflags configsave command.

config trapflags configsave { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables sending of configuration-saved traps.

disable

Disables the sending of configuration-saved traps.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the sending of configuration-saved traps:


> config trapflags configsave enable

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags IPsec

To enable or disable the sending of IPsec traps, use the config trapflags IPsec command.

config trapflags IPsec { esp-auth | esp-reply | invalidSPI | ike-neg | suite-neg | invalid-cookie} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

esp-auth

Enables the sending of IPsec traps when an ESP authentication failure occurs.

esp-reply

Enables the sending of IPsec traps when an ESP replay failure occurs.

invalidSPI

Enables the sending of IPsec traps when an ESP invalid SPI is detected.

ike-neg

Enables the sending of IPsec traps when an IKE negotiation failure occurs.

suite-neg

Enables the sending of IPsec traps when a suite negotiation failure occurs.

invalid-cookie

Enables the sending of IPsec traps when a Isakamp invalid cookie is detected.

enable

Enables sending of IPsec traps.

disable

Disables sending of IPsec traps.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the sending of IPsec traps when ESP authentication failure occurs:


> config trapflags IPsec esp-auth enable

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags linkmode

To enable or disable Cisco wireless LAN controller level link up/down trap flags, use the config trapflags linkmode command.

config trapflags linkmode { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables Cisco wireless LAN controller level link up/down trap flags.

disable

Disables Cisco wireless LAN controller level link up/down trap flags.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the Cisco wireless LAN controller level link up/down trap:


> config trapflags linkmode disable

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags mesh

To configure trap notifications when a mesh access point is detected, use the config trapflags mesh command.

config trapflags mesh { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables trap notifications when a mesh access point is detected.

disable

Disables trap notifications when a mesh access point is detected.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable trap notifications when a mesh access point is detected:

> config trapflags mesh enable

Related Commands

config trapflags 802.11-Security

config trapflags aaa

config trapflags ap

config trapflags adjchannel-rogueap

config trapflags authentication

config trapflags client

config trapflags configsave

config trapflags IPsec

config trapflags linkmode

config trapflags multiusers

config trapflags strong-pwdcheck

config trapflags rfid

config trapflags rogueap

show trapflags

config trapflags multiusers

To enable or disable the sending of traps when multiple logins are active, use the config trapflags multiusers command.

config trapflags multiusers { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the sending of traps when multiple logins are active.

disable

Disables the sending of traps when multiple logins are active.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the sending of traps when multiple logins are active:


> config trapflags multiusers disable

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags rfid

To configure the threshold value of the maximum number of RFID tags, after which an SNMP trap and a syslog message is sent to the controller, use the config trapflags rfid command.

config trapflags rfid { threshold | enable | disable}

Syntax Description

threshold

Configures the threshold percentage value of the maximum number of RFID tags, after which an SNMP trap and a syslog message is sent to the controller. The range is from 80 to 100.

The traps and syslog messages are generated every 10 minutes. You cannot configure this interval.

enable

Enables the generation of the traps and syslog messages.

disable

Disables the generation of the traps and syslog messages.

Command Default

90.

Usage Guidelines

The table below shows the maximum number of RFID tags supported on different controllers:
Table 2  Maximum Number of RFID Tags Supported on Different Controllers

Controller

Maximum number of supported clients

Cisco 5500 Series Controllers 5000
Cisco 2500 Series Controllers 500
Cisco Wireless Services Module 2 10000
Cisco Flex 7500 Series Controllers 50000
Cisco 8500 Series Controllers 50000
Cisco Virtual Wireless LAN Controllers 3000

Examples

This example shows how to configure the threshold value of the maximum number of RFID tags:

> config trapflags rfid 80

Related Commands

config trapflags 802.11-Security

config trapflags aaa

config trapflags ap

config trapflags adjchannel-rogueap

config trapflags authentication

config trapflags client

config trapflags configsave

config trapflags IPsec

config trapflags linkmode

config trapflags multiusers

config trapflags mesh

config trapflags strong-pwdcheck

config trapflags rogueap

config trapflags mesh

show trapflags

config trapflags rogueap

To enable or disable sending rogue access point detection traps, use the config trapflags rogueap command.

config trapflags rogueap { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the sending of rogue access point detection traps.

disable

Disables the sending of rogue access point detection traps.

Command Default

Enabled

Examples

This example shows how to disable the sending of rogue access point detection traps:


> config trapflags rogueap disable

Related Commands

config rogue ap classify

config rogue ap friendly

config rogue ap rldp

config rogue ap ssid

config rogue ap timeout

config rogue ap valid-client

show rogue ap clients

show rogue ap detailed

show rogue ap summary

show rogue ap friendly summary

show rogue ap malicious summary



show rogue ap unclassified summary

show trapflags

config trapflags rrm-params

To enable or disable the sending of Radio Resource Management (RRM) parameters traps, use the config trapflags rrm-params command.

config trapflags rrm-params { tx-power | channel | antenna} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

tx-power

Enables trap sending when the RF manager automatically changes the tx-power level for the Cisco lightweight access point interface.

channel

Enables trap sending when the RF manager automatically changes the channel for the Cisco lightweight access point interface.

antenna

Enables trap sending when the RF manager automatically changes the antenna for the Cisco lightweight access point interface.

enable

Enables the sending of RRM parameter-related traps.

disable

Disables the sending of RRM parameter-related traps.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the sending of RRM parameter-related traps:


> config trapflags rrm-params tx-power enable

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags rrm-profile

To enable or disable the sending of Radio Resource Management (RRM) profile-related traps, use the config trapflags rrm-profile command.

config trapflags rrm-profile { load | noise | interference | coverage} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

load

Enables trap sending when the load profile maintained by the RF manager fails.

noise

Enables trap sending when the noise profile maintained by the RF manager fails.

interference

Enables trap sending when the interference profile maintained by the RF manager fails.

coverage

Enables trap sending when the coverage profile maintained by the RF manager fails.

enable

Enables the sending of RRM profile-related traps.

disable

Disables the sending of RRM profile-related traps.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the sending of RRM profile-related traps:


> config trapflags rrm-profile load disable

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags stpmode

To enable or disable the sending of spanning tree traps, use the config trapflags stpmode command.

config trapflags stpmode { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the sending of spanning tree traps.

disable

Disables the sending of spanning tree traps.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the sending of spanning tree traps:


> config trapflags stpmode disable

Related Commands

show trapflags

config trapflags strong-pwdcheck

To configure trap notifications for strong password checks, use the config trapflags strong-pwdcheck command.

config trapflags strong-pwdcheck { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables trap notifications for strong password checks.

disable

Disables trap notifications for strong password checks.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable trap notifications for strong password checks:

> config trapflags strong-pwdcheck enable

Related Commands

config trapflags 802.11-Security

config trapflags aaa

config trapflags ap

config trapflags adjchannel-rogueap

config trapflags authentication

config trapflags client

config trapflags configsave

config trapflags IPsec

config trapflags linkmode

config trapflags multiusers

config trapflags mesh

config trapflags rfid

config trapflags rogueap

show trapflags

config trapflags wps

To enable or disable Wireless Protection System (WPS) trap sending, use the config trapflags wps command.

config trapflags wps { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables WPS trap sending.

disable

Disables WPS trap sending.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the WPS traps sending:


> config trapflags wps disable

Related Commands

show trapflags

Other Config Commands

This section lists the other config commands to configure the controller settings.

config boot

To change a Cisco wireless LAN controller boot option, use the config boot command.

config boot { primary | backup}

Syntax Description

primary

Sets the primary image as active.

backup

Sets the backup image as active.

Command Default

Primary.

Usage Guidelines

Each Cisco wireless LAN controller can boot off the primary, last-loaded operating system image (OS) or boot off the backup, earlier-loaded OS image.

Examples

This example shows how to set the primary image as active so that the LAN controller can boot off the primary, last loaded image:


> config boot primary

This example shows how to set the backup image as active so that the LAN controller can boot off the backup, earlier loaded OS image:


> config boot backup

Related Commands

show boot

config cdp

To configure the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) on the controller, use the config cdp command.

config cdp { enable | disable | advertise-v2 { enable | disable} | timerseconds | holdtime holdtime_interval}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables CDP on the controller.

disable

Disables CDP on the controller.

advertise-v2

Configures CDP version 2 advertisements.

timer

Configures the interval at which CDP messages are to be generated.

seconds

Time interval at which CDP messages are to be generated. The range is from 5 to 254 seconds.

holdtime

Configures the amount of time to be advertised as the time-to-live value in generated CDP packets.

holdtime_interval

Maximum hold timer value. The range is from 10 to 255 seconds.

Command Default

The default value for CDP timer is 60 seconds.

The default value for CDP holdtime is 180 seconds.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the CDP maximum hold timer to 150 seconds:


> config cdp timer 150

Related Commands

config ap cdp

show cdp

show ap cdp

config certificate

To configure Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) certificates, use the config certificate command.

config certificate { generate { webadmin | webauth} | compatibility { on | off}}

Syntax Description

generate

Specifies authentication certificate generation settings.

webadmin

Generates a new web administration certificate.

webauth

Generates a new web authentication certificate.

compatibility

Specifies the compatibility mode for inter-Cisco wireless LAN controller IPsec settings.

on

Enables the compatibility mode.

off

Disables the compatibility mode.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to generate a new web administration SSL certificate:


> config certificate generate webadmin
Creating a certificate may take some time. Do you wish to continue? (y/n)

This example shows how to configure the compatibility mode for inter-Cisco wireless LAN controller IPsec settings:


> config certificate compatibility

Related Commands

config certificate lsc

show certificate compatibility

show certificate lsc

show certificate summary

show local-auth certificates

config certificate lsc

To configure Locally Significant Certificate (LSC) certificates, use the config certificate lsc commands.

config certificate lsc { enable | disable | ca-server http://url:port/path | ca-cert { add | delete} | 
 subject-params country state city orgn dept email | other-params keysize} |
 ap-provision { auth-list { add | delete} ap_mac | revert-cert retries}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables LSC certificates on the controller.

disable

Disables LSC certificates on the controller.

ca-server

Specifies the Certificate Authority (CA) server settings.

http://url:port/path

Domain name or IP address of the CA server.

ca-cert

Specifies CA certificate database settings.

add

Obtains a CA certificate from the CA server and adds it to the controller’s certificate database.

delete

Deletes a CA certificate from the controller’s certificate database.

subject-params

Specifies the device certificate settings.

country state city orgn dept email

Country, state, city, organization, department, and email of the certificate authority.

Note   

The common name (CN) is generated automatically on the access point using the current MIC/SSC format Cxxxx-MacAddr, where xxxx is the product number.

other-params

Specifies the device certificate key size settings.

keysize

Value from 384 to 2048 (in bits); the default value is 2048.

ap-provision

Specifies the access point provision list settings.

auth-list

Specifies the provision list authorization settings.

ap_mac

MAC address of access point to be added or deleted from the provision list.

revert-cert

Specifies the number of times the access point attempts to join the controller using an LSC before reverting to the default certificate.

retries

Value from 0 to 255; the default value is 3.

Note   

If you set the number of retries to 0 and the access point fails to join the controller using an LSC, the access point does not attempt to join the controller using the default certificate. If you are configuring LSC for the first time, we recommend that you configure a nonzero value.

Command Default

The default value of keysize is 2048 bits. 
The default value of retries is 3.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure only one CA server. To configure a different CA server, delete the configured CA server by using the config certificate lsc ca-server delete command, and then configure a different CA server.

If you configure an access point provision list, only the access points in the provision list are provisioned when you enable AP provisioning (in Step 8). If you do not configure an access point provision list, all access points with an MIC or SSC certificate that join the controller are LSC provisioned.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the LSC settings:


> config certificate lsc enable

This example shows how to enable the LSC settings for Certificate Authority (CA) server settings:

> config certificate lsc ca-server http://10.0.0.1:8080/caserver

This example shows how to add a CA certificate from the CA server and add it to the controller’s certificate database:

> config certificate lsc ca-cert add

This example shows how to configure an LSC certificate with the keysize of 2048 bits:

> config certificate lsc keysize 2048

Related Commands

config certificate

show certificate compatibility

show certificate lsc

show certificate summary

show local-auth certificates

config certificate ssc

To configure Self Signed Certificates (SSC) certificates, use the config certificate ssc command.

config certificate ssc hash validation { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

hash

Configures the SSC hash key.

validation

Configures hash validation of the SSC certificate.

enable

Enables hash validation of the SSC certificate.

disable

Disables hash validation of the SSC certificate.

Command Default

Enabled.

Usage Guidelines

When you enable the SSC hash validation, an AP validates the SSC certificate of the virtual controller. When an AP validates the SSC certificate, it checks if the hash key of the virtual controller matches the hash key stored in its flash. If a match is found, the validation passes and the AP moves to the Run state. If a match is not found, the validation fails and the AP disconnects from the controller and restarts the discovery process. By default, hash validation is enabled. Hence, an AP must have the virtual controller hash key in its flash before associating with the virtual controller. If you disable hash validation of the SSC certificate, the AP bypasses the hash validation and directly moves to the Run state.

APs can associate with a physical controller, download the hash keys and then associate with a virtual controller. If the AP is associated to a physical controller and if hash validation is disabled, it joins any virtual controller without hash validation.

Examples

This example shows how to enable hash validation of the SSC certificate:

> config certificate ssc hash validation enable

Related Commands

show certificate ssc

show mobility group member

config mobility group member hash

config certificate

show certificate compatibility

show certificate lsc

show certificate summary

show local-auth certificates

config certificate use-device-certificate webadmin

To use a device certificate for web administration, use the config certificate use-device-certificate webadmin command.

config certificate use-device-certificate webadmin

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to use a device certificate for web administration:

> config certificate use-device-certificate webadmin
Use device certificate for web administration. Do you wish to continue? (y/n) y
Using device certificate for web administration.
Save configuration and restart controller to use new certificate.

Related Commands

config certificate

show certificate compatibility

show certificate lsc

show certificate ssc

show certificate summary

show local-auth certificates

config coredump

To enable or disable the controller to generate a core dump file following a crash, use the config cordump command.

config coredump { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the controller to generate a core dump file.

disable

Disables the controller to generate a core dump file.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the controller to generate a core dump file following a crash:


> config coredump enable

Related Commands

config coredump ftp

config coredump username

show coredump summary

config coredump ftp

To automatically upload a controller core dump file to an FTP server after experiencing a crash, use the config coredump ftp command.

config coredump ftp server_ip_address filename

Syntax Description

server_ip_address

IP address of the FTP server to which the controller sends its core dump file.

filename

Name given to the controller core dump file.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The controller must be able to reach the FTP server to use this command.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the controller to upload a core dump file named core_dump_controller to an FTP server at network address 192.168.0.13:


> config coredump ftp 192.168.0.13 core_dump_controller

Related Commands

config coredump

config coredump username

show coredump summary

config coredump username

To specify the FTP server username and password when uploading a controller core dump file after experiencing a crash, use the config coredump username command.

config coredump username ftp_username password ftp_password

Syntax Description

ftp_username

FTP server login username.

ftp_password

FTP server login password.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The controller must be able to reach the FTP server to use this command.

Examples

This example shows how to specify a FTP server username of admin and password adminpassword for the core dump file upload:


> config coredump username admin password adminpassword

Related Commands

config coredump ftp

config coredump

show coredump summary

config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

To configure external URL web-based client authorization for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web ext-webauth-mode command.

config custom-web ext-webauth-mode { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the external URL web-based client authorization.

disable

Disables the external URL we-based client authentication.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the external URL web-based client authorization:


> config custom-web ext-webauth-mode enable

Related Commands

config custom-web redirectUrl


config custom-web weblogo


config custom-web webmessage


config custom-web webtitle


config custom-web ext-webauth-url
show custom-web

config custom-web ext-webauth-url

To configure the complete external web authentication URL for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web ext-webauth-url command.

config custom-web ext-webauth-url URL

Syntax Description

URL

URL used for web-based client authorization.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the complete external web authentication URL http://www.AuthorizationURL.com/ for the web-based client authorization:

> config custom-web ext-webauth-url http://www.AuthorizationURL.com/

Related Commands

config custom-web redirectUrl


config custom-web weblogo


config custom-web webmessage


config custom-web webtitle

config custom-web ext-webauth-mode
show custom-web

config custom-web ext-webserver

To configure an external web server, use the config custom-web ext-webserver command.

config custom-web ext-webserver { add index IP_address | delete index}

Syntax Description

add

Adds an external web server.

index

Index of the external web server in the list of external web server. The index must be a number between 1 and 20.

IP_address

IP address of the external web server.

delete

Deletes an external web server.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to add the index of the external web server 2 to the IP address of the external web server 192.23.32.19:

> config custom-web ext-webserver add 2 192.23.32.19

Related Commands

config custom-web redirectUrl

config custom-web weblogo

config custom-web webmessage

config custom-web webtitle

config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

config custom-web ext-webauth-url

show custom-web

config custom-web logout-popup

To enable or disable the custom web authentication logout popup, use the config custom-web logout-popup command.

config custom-web logout-popup { enable| disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the custom web authentication logout popup. This page appears after a successful login or a redirect of the custom web authentication page.

disable

Disables the custom web authentication logout popup.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the custom web authentication logout popup:

> config custom-web logout-popup disable

Related Commands

config custom-web redirectUrl


config custom-web weblogo


config custom-web webmessage


config custom-web webtitle


config custom-web ext-webauth-url
show custom-web

config custom-web redirectUrl

To configure the redirect URL for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web redirectUrl command.

config custom-web redirectUrl URL

Syntax Description

URL

URL that is redirected to the specified address.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the URL that is redirected to abc.com:


> config custom-web redirectUrl abc.com

Related Commands

config custom-web weblogo

config custom-web webmessage

config custom-web webtitle

config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

config custom-web ext-webauth-url

show custom-web

config custom-web webauth-type

To configure the type of web authentication, use the config custom-web webauth-type command.

config custom-web webauth-type { internal | customized | external}

Syntax Description

internal

Sets the web authentication type to internal.

customized

Sets the web authentication type to customized.

external

Sets the web authentication type to external.

Command Default

The default web authentication type is internal.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the type of the web authentication type to internal:


> config custom-web webauth-type internal

Related Commands

config custom-web redirectUrl

config custom-web webmessage

config custom-web webtitle

config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

config custom-web ext-webauth-url

show custom-web

config custom-web weblogo

To configure the web authentication logo for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web weblogo command.

config custom-web weblogo { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the web authentication logo settings.

disable

Enable or disable the web authentication logo settings.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the web authentication logo:


> config custom-web weblogo enable

Related Commands

config custom-web redirectUrl

config custom-web webmessage

config custom-web webtitle

config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

config custom-web ext-webauth-url

show custom-web

config custom-web webmessage

To configure the custom web authentication message text for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web webmessage command.

config custom-web webmessage message

Syntax Description

message

Message text for web authentication.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the message text Thisistheplace for webauthentication:


> config custom-web webmessage Thisistheplace

Related Commands

config custom-web redirectUrl

config custom-web weblogo

config custom-web webtitle

config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

config custom-web ext-webauth-url

show custom-web

config custom-web webtitle

To configure the web authentication title text for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web webtitle command.

config custom-web webtitle title

Syntax Description

title

Custom title text for web authentication.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the custom title text Helpdesk for web authentication:


> config custom-web webtitle Helpdesk

Related Commands

config custom-web redirectUrl

config custom-web weblogo

config custom-web webmessage

config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

config custom-web ext-webauth-url

show custom-web

config dhcp

To configure the internal DHCP, use the config dhcp command.

config dhcp { address-pool scope start end | create-scope scope | 
 default-router scope router_1 [ router_2] [ router_3] | delete-scope scope | disable scope | 
 dns-servers scope dns1 [ dns2] [ dns3] | domain scope domain | 
 enable scope | lease scope lease_duration | 
 netbios-name-server scope wins1 [ wins2] [ wins3] | 
 networkscope network netmask}

config dhcpopt-82 remote-id { ap_mac | ap_mac:ssid | ap-ethmac | apname:ssid | ap-group-name | flex-group-name | ap-location | apmac-vlan_id | apname-vlan_id | ap-ethmac-ssid }

Syntax Description

address-pool scope start end

Configures an address range to allocate. You must specify the scope name and the first and last addresses of the address range.

create-scope name

Creates a new DHCP scope. You must specify the scope name.

default-router scope router_1 [router_2] [router_3]

Configures the default routers for the specified scope and specify the IP address of a router. Optionally, you can specify the IP addresses of secondary and tertiary routers.

delete-scope scope

Deletes the specified DHCP scope.

disable scope

Disables the specified DHCP scope.

dns-servers scope dns1 [dns2] [dns3]

Configures the name servers for the given scope. You must also specify at least one name server. Optionally, you can specify secondary and tertiary name servers.

domain scope domain

Configures the DNS domain name. You must specify the scope and domain names.

enable scope

Enables the specified dhcp scope.

lease scope lease_duration

Configures the lease duration (in seconds) for the specified scope.

netbios-name-server scope wins1 [wins2] [wins3]

Configures the netbios name servers. You must specify the scope name and the IP address of a name server. Optionally, you can specify the IP addresses of secondary and tertiary name servers.

network scope network netmask

Configures the network and netmask. You must specify the scope name, the network address, and the network mask.

opt-82 remote-id

Configures the DHCP option 82 remote ID field format.

DHCP option 82 provides additional security when DHCP is used to allocate network addresses. The controller acts as a DHCP relay agent to prevent DHCP client requests from untrusted sources. The controller adds option 82 information to DHCP requests from clients before forwarding the requests to the DHCP server.

ap_mac

MAC address of the access point to the DHCP option 82 payload.

ap_mac:ssid

MAC address and SSID of the access point to the DHCP option 82 payload.

ap-ethmac

Remote ID format as AP Ethernet MAC address.

apname:ssid

Remote ID format as AP name:SSID.

ap-group-name

Remote ID format as AP group name.

flex-group-name

Remote ID format as FlexConnect group name .

ap-location

Remote ID format as AP location.

apmac-vlan_id

Remote ID format as AP radio MAC address:VLAN_ID.

apname-vlan_id

Remote ID format as AP Name:VLAN_ID.

ap-ethmac-ssid

Remote ID format as AP Ethernet MAC:SSID address.

Command Default

The default values for ap-group-name is "default-group", and for ap-location is "default location".

If ap-group-name and flex-group-name are null, then the system MAC is sent as the remote ID field.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show dhcp command to display the internal DHCP configuration.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the DHCP lease for the scope 003:


> config dhcp lease 003

Related Commands

config dhcp proxy

config dhcp timeout

config interface dhcp

config wlan dhcp_server

debug dhcp

debug dhcp service-port

debug disable-all

show dhcp

show dhcp proxy

config dhcp proxy

To specify the level at which DHCP packets are modified, use the config dhcp proxy command.

config dhcp proxy { enable | disable { bootp-broadcast [ enable | disable]}

Syntax Description

enable

Allows the controller to modify the DHCP packets without a limit.

disable

Reduces the DHCP packet modification to the level of a relay.

bootp-broadcast

Configures DHCP BootP broadcast option.

Command Default

Enabled.

Usage Guidelines

Follow these guidelines when you use this command:

  • Use the show dhcp proxy command to display the status of DHCP proxy handling.
  • To enable third-party WGB support, you must enable the passive-client feature on the wirless LAN by entering the config wlan passive-client enable command.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the DHCP packet modification:


> config dhcp proxy disable

This example shows how to enable the DHCP BootP broadcast option:

> config dhcp proxy disable bootp-broadcast enable

Related Commands

config dhcp

config dhcp timeout

config interface dhcp

config wlan dhcp_server

debug dhcp

debug dhcp service-port

debug disable-all

show dhcp

show dhcp proxy

config dhcp timeout

To configure a DHCP timeout, use the config dhcp timeout command.

config dhcp timeout timeout-value

Syntax Description

timeout-value

Timeout value in the range of 5 to 120 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the DHCP timeout to 10 seconds:


> config dhcp timeout 10

Related Commands

config dhcp proxy

config dhcp timeout

config interface dhcp

config wlan dhcp_server

debug dhcp

debug dhcp service-port

debug disable-all

show dhcp

show dhcp proxy

config flow

To configure the NetFlow monitor and exporter, use the config flow command.

config flow { add | delete} monitor monitor_name { exporter exporter_name| recordrecord_name}

Syntax Description

add

Associates a NetFlow monitor with an exporter, or a NetFlow record with a NetFlow monitor.

delete

Dissociates a NetFlow monitor from an exporter, or a NetFlow record from a NetFlow monitor.

monitor

Configures a NetFlow monitor.

monitor_name

Name of the NetFlow monitor. The monitor name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters. You cannot include spaces for a monitor name.

exporter

Configures a NetFlow exporter.

exporter_name

Name of the NetFlow exporter. The exporter name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters. You cannot include spaces for an exporter name.

record

Associates a NetFlow record to the NetFlow monitor.

record_name

Name of the IPv4 NetFlow record of the client application.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

An exporter is a network entity that exports the template with the IP traffic information. The controller acts as an exporter. A NetFlow record in the controller contains the information about the traffic in a given flow such as client MAC address, client source IP address, WLAN ID, incoming and outgoing bytes of data, incoming and outgoing packets, incoming and outgoing DSCP.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the flow monitor and exporter:

> config flow add monitor monitor1 exporter exporter1

Related Commands

show flow exporter

show flow monitor

config wlan flow

config license agent

To configure the license agent on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the config license agent command.

config license agent { default { disable | authenticate [ none]}} { listener http { disable | { plaintext | encrypt} url authenticate [ acl acl_name] { max-message size [ none]}} { max-session sessions} { notify { disable | url} username password}

Syntax Description

default

Specifies the default license agent.

disable

Disables the feature.

authenticate

Enables authentication.

none

(Optional) Disables authentication.

listener http

Configures the license agent to receive license requests from the Cisco License Manager (CLM).

plaintext

Disables encryption (HTTP).

encrypt

Enables encryption (HTTPS).

url

URL where the license agent receives the requests.

acl

(Optional) Specifies the access control list.

acl_name

Specifies the access control list for license requests.

max-message

Specifies the maximum message size for license requests.

size

Maximum message size for license request is from 0 to 65535.

max-session

Specifies the maximum number of sessions allowed.

sessions

Maximum number of sessions allowed for the license agent is from 1 to 25.

notify

Configures the license agent to send license notifications to the CLM.

username

Username used in license agent notification.

password

Password used in license agent notification.

Command Default

The license agent is disabled by default.

The listener is disabled by default.

Notify is disabled by default.

The default maximum number of sessions is 9.

The default maximum message size is 0.

Usage Guidelines

If your network contains various Cisco licensed devices, you might consider using the CLM to manage all of the licenses using a single application. CLM is a secure client/server application that manages Cisco software licenses network wide.

The license agent is an interface module that runs on the controller and mediates between CLM and the controller’s licensing infrastructure. CLM can communicate with the controller using various channels, such as HTTP, Telnet, and so on. If you want to use HTTP as the communication method, you must enable the license agent on the controller.

The license agent receives requests from the CLM and translates them into license commands. It also sends notifications to the CLM. It uses XML messages over HTTP or HTTPS to receive the requests and send the notifications. For example, if the CLM sends a license clear command, the agent notifies the CLM after the license expires.


Note


You can download the CLM software and access user documentation at this URL: http:/​/​www.cisco.com/​en/​US/​products/​ps7138/​index.html


Examples

Examples

This example shows how to authenticate the default license agent settings:


> config license agent default authenticate

This example shows how to configure the license agent with the number of maximum sessions allowed as 5:


> config license agent max-session 5

Related Commands

license install

show license agent

clear license agent

config license boot

To specify the license level to be used on the next reboot of the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the config license boot command.

config license boot { base | wplus | auto}

Syntax Description

base

Specifies the base boot level.

wplus

Specifies the wplus boot level.

auto

Specifies the auto boot level.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

If you enter auto, the licensing software automatically chooses the license level to use on the next reboot. It generally chooses permanent licenses over evaluation licenses and wplus licenses over base licenses.


Note


If you are considering upgrading from a base license to a wplus license, you can try an evaluation wplus license before upgrading to a permanent wplus license. To activate the evaluation license, you need to set the image level to wplus in order for the controller to use the wplus evaluation license instead of the base permanent license.



Note


To prevent disruptions in operation, the controller does not switch licenses when an evaluation license expires. You must reboot the controller in order to return to a permanent license. Following a reboot, the controller defaults to the same feature set level as the expired evaluation license. If no permanent license at the same feature set level is installed, the controller uses a permanent license at another level or an unexpired evaluation license.


Examples

This example shows how to set the license boot settings to wplus:


> config license boot wplus

Related Commands

license install

show license in-use

license modify priority

config load-balancing

To globally configure aggressive load balancing on the controller, use the config load-balancing command.

config load-balancing { window client_count | status { enable | disable} | denial denial_count}

config load-balancing uplink-threshold traffic_threshold

Syntax Description

window

Specifies the aggressive load balancing client window.

client_count

Aggressive load balancing client window with the number of clients from 1 to 20.

status

Sets the load balancing status.

enable

Enables load balancing feature.

disable

Disables load balancing feature.

denial

Specifies the number of association denials during load balancing.

denial_count

Maximum number of association denials during load balancing. from 0 to 10.

uplink-threshold

Specifies the threshold traffic for an access point to deny new associations.

traffic_threshold

Threshold traffic for an access point to deny new associations. This value is a percentage of the WAN utilization measured over a 90 second interval. For example, the default threshold value of 50 triggers the load balancing upon detecting an utilization of 50% or more on an access point WAN interface.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

Load-balancing-enabled WLANs do not support time-sensitive applications like voice and video because of roaming delays.

When you use Cisco 7921 and 7920 Wireless IP Phones with controllers, make sure that aggressive load balancing is disabled on the voice WLANs for each controller. Otherwise, the initial roam attempt by the phone might fail, causing a disruption in the audio path.

Clients can only be load balanced across access points joined to the same controller. The WAN utilization is calculated as a percentage using the following formula: (Transmitted Data Rate (per second) + Received Data Rate (per second))/(1000Mbps TX + 1000Mbps RX) * 100

Examples

This example shows how to enable the aggressive load-balancing settings:


> config load-balancing aggressive enable

Related Commands

show load-balancing

config wlan load-balance

config location

To configure a location-based system, use the config location command.

config location { add location [ description] | delete location | enable | disable | 
 description location description | algorithm { simple | rssi-average} |
{ rssi-half-life | expiry} [ client | calibrating-client | tags | rogue-aps] seconds |
 notify-threshold [ client | tags | rogue-aps] threshold | 
 interface-mapping { add | delete} location wlan_id interface_name | 
 plm { client { enable | disable} burst_interval | calibrating { enable | disable} { uniband | multiband}}}

Syntax Description

add

Adds a location element.

location

Location element name.

description

Element description. Optional with the add command, and required with the description command.

delete

Deletes a location element.

enable

Enables the access point location-based overrides.

disable

Disables the access point location-based overrides.

algorithm

Note   

We recommend that you do not use or modify the config location algorithm command. It is set to optimal default values.

Configures the algorithm used to average RSSI and SNR values.

simple

Specifies a faster algorithm that requires low CPU overhead but provides less accuracy.

rssi-average

Specifies a more accurate algorithm but requires more CPU overhead.

rssi-half-life

Note   

We recommend that you do not use or modify the config location rssi-half-life command. It is set to optimal default values.

Configures the half-life when averaging two RSSI readings.

expiry

Note   

We recommend that you do not use or modify the config location expiry command. It is set to optimal default values.

Configures the timeout for RSSI values.

client

(Optional) Specifies the parameter applies to client devices.

calibrating-client

(Optional) Specifies the parameter is used for calibrating client devices.

tags

(Optional) Specifies the parameter applies to radio frequency identification (RFID) tags.

rogue-aps

(Optional) Specifies the parameter applies to rogue access points.

seconds

Time value (0, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 90, 120, 180, 300 seconds).

notify-threshold

Note   

We recommend that you do not use or modify the config location notify-threshold command. It is set to optimal default values.

Specifies the NMSP notification threshold for RSSI measurements.

threshold

Threshold parameter. The range is 0 to 10 dB, and the default value is 0 dB.

interface-mapping

Adds or deletes a new location, wireless LAN, or interface mapping element.

wlan_id

WLAN identification name.

interface_name

Name of interface to which mapping element applies.

plm

Specifies the path loss measurement (S60) request for normal clients or calibrating clients.

client

Specifies normal, noncalibrating clients.

burst_interval

Burst interval. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds, and the default value is 60 seconds.

calibrating

Specifies calibrating clients.

uniband

Specifies the associated 802.11a or 802.11b/g radio (uniband).

multiband

Specifies the associated 802.11a/b/g radio (multiband).

Command Default

See the “Syntax Description” section for default values of individual arguments and keywords.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the simple algorithm for averaging RSSI and SNR values on a location-based controller:


> config location algorithm simple

Related Commands

clear location rfid

clear location statistics rfid

show location

show location statistics rfid

config logging buffered

To set the severity level for logging messages to the controller buffer, use the config logging buffered command.

config logging buffered security_level

Syntax Description

security_level

Security level. Choose one of the following:

  • emergencies—Severity level 0
  • alerts—Severity level 1
  • critical—Severity level 2
  • errors—Severity level 3
  • warnings—Severity level 4
  • notifications—Severity level 5
  • informational—Severity level 6
  • debugging—Severity level 7

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the controller buffer severity level for logging messages to 4:


> config logging buffered 4

Related Commands

config logging syslog facility

config logging syslog level

show logging

config logging console

To set the severity level for logging messages to the controller console, use the config logging console command.

config logging console security_level

Syntax Description

security_level

Severity level. Choose one of the following:

  • emergencies—Severity level 0
  • alerts—Severity level 1
  • critical—Severity level 2
  • errors—Severity level 3
  • warnings—Severity level 4
  • notifications—Severity level 5
  • informational—Severity level 6
  • debugging—Severity level 7

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the controller console severity level for logging messages to 3:


> config logging console 3

Related Commands

config logging syslog facility


config logging syslog level

show logging

config logging debug

To save debug messages to the controller buffer, the controller console, or a syslog server, use the config logging debug command.

config logging debug { buffered | console | syslog} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

buffered

Saves debug messages to the controller buffer.

console

Saves debug messages to the controller console.

syslog

Saves debug messages to the syslog server.

enable

Enables logging of debug messages.

disable

Disables logging of debug messages.

Command Default

The console command is enabled,

The buffered and syslog commands are disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to save the debug messages to the controller console:


> config logging debug console enable

Related Commands

show logging

config logging fileinfo

To cause the controller to include information about the source file in the message logs or to prevent the controller from displaying this information, use the config logging fileinfo command.

config logging fileinfo { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Includes information about the source file in the message logs.

disable

Prevents the controller from displaying information about the source file in the message logs.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the controller to include information about the source file in the message logs:


> config logging fileinfo enable

Related Commands

show logging

config logging procinfo

To cause the controller to include process information in the message logs or to prevent the controller from displaying this information, use the config logging procinfo command.

config logging procinfo { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Includes process information in the message logs.

disable

Prevents the controller from displaying process information in the message logs.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the controller to include the process information in the message logs:


> config logging procinfo enable

Related Commands

show logging

config logging traceinfo

To cause the controller to include traceback information in the message logs or to prevent the controller from displaying this information, use the config logging traceinfo command.

config logging traceinfo { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Includes traceback information in the message logs.

disable

Prevents the controller from displaying traceback information in the message logs.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the controller to include the traceback information in the message logs:


> config logging traceinfo disable

Related Commands

show logging

config logging syslog host

To configure a remote host for sending syslog messages, use the config logging syslog host command.

config logging syslog host host_IP_address

Syntax Description

host_IP_address

IP address for the remote host.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

To remove a remote host that was configured for sending syslog messages, enter the config logging syslog host host_IP_address delete command.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a remote host 10.92.125.52 for sending the syslog messages:

> config logging syslog host 10.92.125.52

Related Commands

config logging syslog facility


config logging syslog level


show logging

config logging syslog facility

To set the facility for outgoing syslog messages to the remote host, use the config logging syslog facility command.

config logging syslog facility facility_code

Syntax Description

facility_code

Facility code. Choose one of the following:

  • authorization—Authorization system. Facility level—4.
  • auth-private—Authorization system (private). Facility level—10.
  • cron—Cron/at facility. Facility level—9.
  • daemon—System daemons. Facility level—3.
  • ftp—FTP daemon. Facility level—11.
  • kern—Kernel. Facility level—0.
  • local0—Local use. Facility level—16.
  • local1—Local use. Facility level—17.
  • local2—Local use. Facility level—18.
  • local3—Local use. Facility level—19.
  • local4—Local use. Facility level—20.
  • local5—Local use. Facility level—21.
  • local6—Local use. Facility level—22.
  • local7—Local use. Facility level—23.
  • lpr—Line printer system. Facility level—6.
  • mail—Mail system. Facility level—2.
  • news—USENET news. Facility level—7.
  • sys12—System use. Facility level—12.
  • sys13—System use. Facility level—13.
  • sys14—System use. Facility level—14.
  • sys15—System use. Facility level—15.
  • syslog—The syslog itself. Facility level—5.
  • user—User process. Facility level—1.
  • uucp—UNIX-to-UNIX copy system. Facility level—8.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the facility for outgoing syslog messages to authorization:


> config logging syslog facility authorization

Related Commands

config logging syslog host


config logging syslog level


show logging

config logging syslog level

To set the severity level for filtering syslog messages to the remote host, use the config logging syslog level command.

config logging syslog level severity_level

Syntax Description

severity_level

Severity level. Choose one of the following:

  • emergencies—Severity level 0
  • alerts—Severity level 1
  • critical—Severity level 2
  • errors—Severity level 3
  • warnings—Severity level 4
  • notifications—Severity level 5
  • informational—Severity level 6
  • debugging—Severity level 7

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the severity level for syslog messages to 3:


> config logging syslog level 3

Related Commands

config logging syslog host


config logging syslog facility


show logging

config loginsession close

To close all active Telnet sessions, use the config loginsession close command.

config loginsession close { session_id | all}

Syntax Description

session_id

ID of the session to close.

all

Closes all Telnet sessions.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to close all active Telnet sessions:


> config loginsession close all

Related Commands

show loginsession

config nmsp notify-interval measurement

To modify the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) notification interval value on the controller to address latency in the network, use the config nmsp notify-interval measurement command.

config nmsp notify-interval measurement { client | rfid | rogue} interval

Syntax Description

client

Modifies the interval for clients.

rfid

Modifies the interval for active radio frequency identification (RFID) tags.

rogue

Modifies the interval for rogue access points and rogue clients.

interval

Time interval. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The TCP port (16113) that the controller and location appliance communicate over must be open (not blocked) on any firewall that exists between the controller and the location appliance for NMSP to function.

Examples

This example shows how to modify the NMSP notification interval for the active RFID tags to 25 seconds:


> config nmsp notify-interval measurement rfid 25

Related Commands

clear locp statistics

clear nmsp statistics

show nmsp notify-interval summary

show nmsp statistics

show nmsp status

config paging

To enable or disable scrolling of the page, use the config paging command.

config paging { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the scrolling of the page.

disable

Disables the scrolling of the page.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable scrolling of the page

> config paging enable

Related Commands

show run-config

config passwd-cleartext

To enable or disable temporary display of passwords in plain text, use the config passwd-cleartext command.

config passwd-cleartext { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the display of passwords in plain text.

disable

Disables the display of passwords in plain text.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

This command must be enabled if you want to see user-assigned passwords displayed in clear text when using the show run-config command.

To execute this command, you must enter an admin password. This command is valid only for this particular session. It is not saved following a reboot.

Examples

This example shows how to enable display of passwords in plain text:


> config passwd-cleartext enable
The way you see your passwds will be changed
You are being warned.
Enter admin password:

Related Commands

show run-config

config prompt

To change the CLI system prompt, use the config prompt command.

config prompt prompt

Syntax Description

prompt

New CLI system prompt enclosed in double quotes. The prompt can be up to 31 alphanumeric characters and is case sensitive.

Command Default

The system prompt is configured using the startup wizard.

Usage Guidelines

Because the system prompt is a user-defined variable, it is omitted from the rest of this documentation.

Examples

This example shows how to change the CLI system prompt to Cisco 4400:


> config prompt “Cisco 4400”

config rfid auto-timeout

To configure an automatic timeout of radio frequency identification (RFID) tags, use the config rfid auto-timeout command.

config rfid auto-timeout { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables an automatic timeout.

disable

Disables an automatic timeout.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable an automatic timeout of RFID tags:


> config rfid auto-timeout enable

Related Commands

show rfid summary

config rfid status

config rfid timeout

config rfid status

To configure radio frequency identification (RFID) tag data tracking, use the config rfid status command.

config rfid status { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables RFID tag tracking.

disable

Enables RFID tag tracking.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure RFID tag tracking settings:


> config rfid status enable

Related Commands

show rfid summary

config rfid auto-timeout

config rfid timeout

config rfid timeout

To configure a static radio frequency identification (RFID) tag data timeout, use the config rfid timeout command.

config rfid timeout seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Timeout in seconds (from 60 to 7200).

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a static RFID tag data timeout of 60 seconds.


> config rfid timeout 60

Related Commands

show rfid summary

config rfid statistics

config service timestamps

To enable or disable timestamps in message logs, use the config service timestamps command.

config service timestamps { debug | log} { datetime | disable}

Syntax Description

debug

Configures timestamps in debug messages.

log

Configures timestamps in log messages.

datetime

Specifies to timestamp message logs with the standard date and time.

disable

Specifies to prevent message logs being timestamped.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to configure timestamp message logs with the standard date and time:


> config service timestamps log datetime

This example shows how to prevent message logs being timestamped:


> config service timestamps debug disable

Related Commands

show logging

config sessions maxsessions

To configure the number of Telnet CLI sessions allowed by the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config sessions maxsessions command.

config sessions maxsessions session_num

Syntax Description

session_num

Number of sessions from 0 to 5.

Command Default

5.

Usage Guidelines

Up to five sessions are possible while a setting of zero prohibits any Telnet CLI sessions.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the number of allowed CLI sessions to 2:


> config sessions maxsessions 2

Related Commands

show sessions

config sessions timeout

To configure the inactivity timeout for Telnet CLI sessions, use the config sessions timeout command.

config sessions timeout timeout

Syntax Description

timeout

Timeout of Telnet session in minutes (from 0 to 160). A value of 0 indicates no timeout.

Command Default

5.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the inactivity timeout for Telnet sessions to 20 minutes:


> config sessions timeout 20

Related Commands

show sessions

config switchconfig boot-break

To enable or disable the breaking into boot prompt by pressing the Esc key at system startup, use the config switchconfig boot-break command.

config switchconfig boot-break { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the breaking into boot prompt by pressing the Esc key at system startup.

disable

Disables the breaking into boot prompt by pressing the Esc key at system startup.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the features that are prerequisites for the Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) mode before enabling or disabling the breaking into boot prompt.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the breaking into boot prompt by pressing the Esc key at system startup:


> config switchconfig boot-break enable

Related Commands

show switchconfig

config switchconfig flowcontrol

config switchconfig mode

config switchconfig secret-obfuscation

config switchconfig fips-prerequisite



config switchconfig strong-pwd

config switchconfig fips-prerequisite

To enable or disable the features that are prerequisites for the Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) mode, use the config switchconfig fips-prerequisite command.

config switchconfig fips-prerequisite { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the features that are prerequisites for the FIPS mode.

disable

Disables the features that are prerequisites for the FIPS mode.

Command Default

Disabled.

Usage Guidelines

You must configure the FIPS authorization secret before you can enable or disable the FIPS prerequisite features.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the features that are prerequisites for the FIPS mode:


> config switchconfig fips-prerequisite enable

Related Commands

show switchconfig

config switchconfig flowcontrol

config switchconfig mode

config switchconfig secret-obfuscation

config switchconfig boot-break



config switchconfig strong-pwd

config switchconfig strong-pwd

To enable or disable your controller to check the strength of newly created passwords, use the config switchconfig strong-pwd command.

config switchconfig strong-pwd { case-check | consecutive-check | default-check | username-check | all-checks} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

case-check

Checks at least three combinations: lowercase characters, uppercase characters, digits, or special characters.

consecutive-check

Checks the occurrence of the same character three times.

default-check

Checks for default values or use of their variants.

username-check

Checks whether the username is specified or not.

all-checks

Checks all cases.

enable

Enables a strong password check for the AP and controller.

disable

Disables a strong password check for the AP and controller.

Command Default

Enabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the case check feature of the strong password check:


> config switchconfig strong-pwd case-check enable

Related Commands

show switchconfig

config switchconfig flowcontrol

config switchconfig mode

config switchconfig secret-obfuscation

config switchconfig fips-prerequisite



config switchconfig boot-break

config switchconfig flowcontrol

To enable or disable 802.3x flow control, use the config switchconfig flowcontrol command.

config switchconfig flowcontrol { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables 802.3x flow control.

disable

Disables 802.3x flow control.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable 802.3x flow control on Cisco wireless LAN controller parameters:


> config switchconfig flowcontrol enable

Related Commands

show switchconfig

config switchconfig mode

To configure Lightweight Access Port Protocol (LWAPP) transport mode for Layer 2 or Layer 3, use the config switchconfig mode command.

config switchconfig mode { L2 | L3}

Syntax Description

L2

Specifies Layer 2 as the transport mode.

L3

Specifies Layer 3 as the transport mode.

Command Default

L3

Examples

This example shows how to configure LWAPP transport mode to Layer 3:


> config switchconfig mode L3

Related Commands

show switchconfig

config switchconfig secret-obfuscation

To enable or disable secret obfuscation, use the config switchconfig secret-obfuscation command.

config switchconfig secret-obfuscation { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables secret obfuscation.

disable

Disables secret obfuscation.

Command Default

Secrets and user passwords are obfuscated in the exported XML configuration file.

Usage Guidelines

To keep the secret contents of your configuration file secure, do not disable secret obfuscation. To further enhance the security of the configuration file, enable configuration file encryption.

Examples

This example shows how to enable secret obfuscation:


> config switchconfig secret-obfuscation enable

Related Commands

show switchconfig

config sysname

To set the Cisco wireless LAN controller system name, use the config sysname command.

config sysname name

Syntax Description

name

System name. The name can contain up to 31 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the system named Ent_01:


> config sysname Ent_01

Related Commands

show sysinfo

config time manual

To set the system time, use the config time manual command.

config time manual MM | DD | YY HH: MM: SS

Syntax Description

MM/DD/YY

Date.

HH:MM:SS

Time.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the system date to 04/04/2010 and time to 15:29:00:


> config time manual 04/04/2010 15:29:00

Related Commands

show time

config time ntp

To set the Network Time Protocol (NTP), use the config time ntp command.

config time ntp { auth { enable server_index key_index | disable server_index}} | { interval seconds} | { key-auth { add key_index md5 { ascii | hex} key_value | delete key_index}} | { server server_index ip-address}

Syntax Description

auth

Configures the NTP authentication.

enable

Enables the NTP authentication.

server_index

NTP server index.

key_index

Key index between 1 and 4294967295.

disable

Disables the NTP authentication.

interval

Configures the NTP polling interval.

seconds

NTP polling interval in seconds (between 3600 and 604800).

key-auth

Configures the NTP authentication key.

add

Adds an NTP authentication key.

md5

Specifies the authentication protocol.

ascii

Specifies the ASCII key format (a maximum of 16 characters).

hex

Specifies the hexadecimal key format (a maximum of 32 digits).

delete

Deletes an authentication key.

server

Configures the NTP servers.

ip_address

NTP server’s IP address. Use 0.0.0.0 to delete the entry.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the NTP polling interval to 7000 seconds:


> config time ntp interval 7000

This example shows how to enable NTP authentication where the server index is 4 and the key index is 1:


> config time ntp auth enable 4 1

This example shows how to add an NTP authentication key of value ff where the key format is in hexadecimal characters and the key index is 1:


> config time ntp key-auth add 1 md5 hex ff

This example shows how to add an NTP authentication key of value ff where the key format is in ASCII characters and the key index is 1:


> config time ntp key-auth add 1 md5 ascii ciscokey

Related Commands

show ntp-keys

config time timezone

To configure the system time zone, use the config time timezone command.

config time timezone { enable | disable} delta_hours delta_mins

Syntax Description

enable

Enables daylight saving time.

disable

Disables daylight saving time.

delta_hours

Local hour difference from the Universal Coordinated Time (UCT).

delta_mins

Local minute difference from UCT.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the daylight saving time:


> config time timezone enable 2 0

Related Commands

show time

config time timezone location

To set the location of the time zone in order to have daylight saving time set automatically when it occurs, use the config time timezone location command.

config time timezone location location_index

Syntax Description

location_index

Number representing the time zone required. The time zones are as follows:

  • (GMT-12:00) International Date Line West
  • (GMT-11:00) Samoa
  • (GMT-10:00) Hawaii
  • (GMT-9:00) Alaska
  • (GMT-8:00) Pacific Time (US and Canada)
  • (GMT-7:00) Mountain Time (US and Canada)
  • (GMT-6:00) Central Time (US and Canada)
  • (GMT-5:00) Eastern Time (US and Canada)
  • (GMT-4:00) Atlantic Time (Canada)
  • (GMT-3:00) Buenos Aires (Argentina)
  • (GMT-2:00) Mid-Atlantic
  • (GMT-1:00) Azores
  • (GMT) London, Lisbon, Dublin, Edinburgh (default value)
  • (GMT +1:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Rome, Vienna
  • (GMT +2:00) Jerusalem
  • (GMT +3:00) Baghdad
  • (GMT +4:00) Muscat, Abu Dhabi
  • (GMT +4:30) Kabul
  • (GMT +5:00) Karachi, Islamabad, Tashkent
  • (GMT +5:30) Colombo, Kolkata, Mumbai, New Delhi
  • (GMT +5:45) Katmandu
  • (GMT +6:00) Almaty, Novosibirsk
  • (GMT +6:30) Rangoon
  • (GMT +7:00) Saigon, Hanoi, Bangkok, Jakatar
  • (GMT +8:00) Hong Kong, Bejing, Chongquing
  • (GMT +9:00) Tokyo, Osaka, Sapporo
  • (GMT +9:30) Darwin
  • (GMT+10:00) Sydney, Melbourne, Canberra
  • (GMT+11:00) Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia
  • (GMT+12:00) Kamchatka, Marshall Is., Fiji
  • (GMT+12:00) Auckland (New Zealand)

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the location of the time zone in order to set the daylight saving time to location index 10 automatically:


> config time timezone location 10

Related Commands

show time

config wlan flow

To associate a NetFlow monitor with a WLAN, use the config wlan flow command.

config wlan flow wlan_id monitor monitor_name { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

wlan_id

Wireless LAN identifier from 1 to 512 (inclusive).

monitor

Configures a NetFlow monitor.

monitor_name

Name of the NetFlow monitor. The monitor name can be up to 32 case-sensitive, alphanumeric characters. You cannot include spaces for a monitor name.

enable

Associates a NetFlow monitor with a WLAN.

disable

Dissociates a NetFlow monitor from a WLAN.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

You can use the config flow command to create a new NetFlow monitor.

Examples

This example shows how to associate a NetFlow monitor with a WLAN:

> config wlan flow 5 monitor monitor1 enable

Related Commands

show flow exporter

show flow monitor

config flow

Saving Configurations

Use the save config command before you log out of the CLI to save all previous configuration changes.

save config

To save Cisco Wireless LAN Controller configurations, use the save config command.

save config

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to save the Cisco wireless LAN controller settings:


> save config
Are you sure you want to save? (y/n) y
Configuration Saved!

Related Commands

show sysinfo

Timeout Commands

This section lists the timeout commands of the controller:

config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

To process or ignore the Call Admission Control (CAC) Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) traffic specifications (TSPEC) inactivity timeout received from an access point, use the config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout { enable | ignore}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

ab

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Processes the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

ignore

Ignores the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

Command Default

Disabled (ignore).

Usage Guidelines

CAC commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to process the response to TSPEC inactivity timeout messages received from an access point:


> config 802.11a cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout enable

This example shows how to ignore the response to TSPEC inactivity timeout messages received from an access point:


> config 802.11a cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout ignore

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac video acm


config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout

To process or ignore the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) traffic specifications (TSPEC) inactivity timeout received from an access point, use the config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout command.

config 802.11{ a | b} cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout { enable | ignore}

Syntax Description

a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

b

Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

enable

Processes the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

ignore

Ignores the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

Command Default

Disabled (ignore).

Usage Guidelines

Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
  • Disable the radio network you want to configure by entering the config 802.11{a | b} disable network command.
  • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
  • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you want to configure by entering the 
config 802.11{a | b} cac voice acm enable or config 802.11{a | b} cac video acm enable commands. For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide for your release.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the voice TSPEC inactivity timeout messages received from an access point:



> config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout enable

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac voice load-based

config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth


config 802.11 cac voice acm

config 802.11cac voice max-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac voice stream-size

config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout

To configure the Cisco lightweight access point discovery time-out, use the config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout command.

config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Cisco lightweight access point discovery timeout value between 1 and 10 seconds.

Command Default

10 seconds.

Usage Guidelines

The Cisco lightweight access point discovery timeout is how often a Cisco wireless LAN controller attempts to discover unconnected Cisco lightweight access points.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an access point discovery-timeout with the timeout value of 20:


> config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout 20

Related Commands

show advanced timers

config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout

config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat

config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout



config advanced timers auth-timeout

config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout

To configure the Cisco lightweight access point heartbeat timeout, use the config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout command.

config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Cisco lightweight access point heartbeat timeout value between 1 and 30 seconds.

Command Default

30 seconds.

Usage Guidelines

The Cisco lightweight access point heartbeat timeout controls how often the Cisco lightweight access point sends a heartbeat keep-alive signal to the Cisco wireless LAN controller.

This seconds value should be at least three times larger than the fast heartbeat timer.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an access point heartbeat timeout to 20:


> config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout 20

Related Commands

show advanced timers

config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout

config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat

config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout



config advanced timers auth-timeout

config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout

To configure the access point primary discovery request timer, use the config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout command.

config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout interval

Syntax Description

interval

Access point primary discovery request timer between 30 and 3600 seconds.

Command Default

120 seconds.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the access point primary discovery request timer to 1200 seconds:


> config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout 1200

Related Commands

show advanced timers

config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout

config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat

config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout



config advanced timers auth-timeout

config advanced timers auth-timeout

To configure the authentication timeout, use the config advanced timers auth-timeout command.

config advanced timers auth-timeout seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Authentication response timeout value in seconds between 10 and 600.

Command Default

10 seconds.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the authentication timeout to 20 seconds:


> config advanced timers auth-timeout 20

Related Commands

show advanced timers

config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout

config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout

config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout



config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat

config advanced timers eap-timeout

To configure the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) expiration timeout, use the config advanced timers eap-timeout command.

config advanced timers eap-timeout seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

EAP timeout value in seconds between 8 and 120.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the EAP expiration timeout to 10 seconds:


> config advanced timers eap-timeout 10

Related Commands

show advanced timers

config dhcp timeout

To configure a DHCP timeout, use the config dhcp timeout command.

config dhcp timeout timeout-value

Syntax Description

timeout-value

Timeout value in the range of 5 to 120 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the DHCP timeout to 10 seconds:


> config dhcp timeout 10

Related Commands

config dhcp proxy

config dhcp timeout

config interface dhcp

config wlan dhcp_server

debug dhcp

debug dhcp service-port

debug disable-all

show dhcp

show dhcp proxy

config ldap

To configure the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server settings, use the config ldap command.

config ldap { add | delete | enable | disable | retransmit-timeout} index

Syntax Description

add

Specifies that an LDAP server is being added.

delete

Specifies that an LDAP server is being deleted.

enable

Specifies that an LDAP serve is enabled.

disable

Specifies that an LDAP server is disabled.

retransmit-timeout

Changes the default retransmit timeout for an LDAP server.

index

LDAP server index. The range is from 1 to 17.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable LDAP server index 10:


> config ldap enable 10

Related Commands

config ldap add

config ldap simple-bind

show ldap summary

config remote-lan session-timeout

To configure client session timeout, use the config remote-lan session-timeout command.

config remote-lan session-timeout remote-lan-id seconds

Syntax Description

remote-lan-id

Remote LAN identifier. Valid values are between 1 and 512.

seconds

Timeout or session duration in seconds. A value of zero is equivalent to no timeout.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the client session timeout to 6000 seconds for a remote LAN with ID 1:


> config remote-lan session-timeout 1 6000

Related Commands

show remote-lan

config network usertimeout

To change the timeout for idle client sessions, use the config network usertimeout command.

config network usertimeout seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Timeout duration in seconds. The minimum value is 90. The default value is 300.

Command Default

300.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to set the idle client session duration on the Cisco wireless LAN controller. The minimum duration is 90 seconds.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the idle session timeout to 1200 seconds:


> config network usertimeout 1200

Related Commands

show network summary

config radius acct retransmit-timeout

To change the default transmission timeout for a RADIUS accounting server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius acct retransmit-timeout command.

config radius acct retransmit-timeout index timeout

Syntax Description

index

RADIUS server index.

timeout

Number of seconds (from 2 to 30) between retransmissions.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure retransmission timeout value 5 seconds between the retransmission:


> config radius acct retransmit-timeout 5

Related Commands

show radius acct statistics

config radius auth mgmt-retransmit-timeout

To configure a default RADIUS server retransmission timeout for management users, use the config radius auth mgmt-retransmit-timeout command.

config radius auth mgmt-retransmit-timeout index retransmit-timeout

Syntax Description

index

RADIUS server index.

retransmit-timeout

Timeout value. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a default RADIUS server retransmission timeout for management users:


> config radius auth mgmt-retransmit-timeout 1 10

Related Commands

config radius auth management

config radius auth retransmit-timeout

To change a default transmission timeout for a RADIUS authentication server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius auth retransmit-timeout command.

config radius auth retransmit-timeout index timeout

Syntax Description

index

RADIUS server index.

timeout

Number of seconds (from 2 to 30) between retransmissions.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a retransmission timeout of 5 seconds for a RADIUS authentication server:


> config radius auth retransmit-timeout 5

Related Commands

show radius auth statistics

config radius auth server-timeout

To configure a retransmission timeout value for a RADIUS accounting server, use the config radius auth server-timeout command.

config radius auth server-timeout index timeout

Syntax Description

index

RADIUS server index.

timeout

Timeout value. The range is from 2 to 30 seconds.

Command Default

The default timeout is 2 seconds.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a server timeout value of 2 seconds for RADIUS authentication server index 10:


> config radius auth server-timeout 2 10

Related Commands

show radius auth statistics

show radius summary

config rogue ap timeout

To specify the number of seconds after which the rogue access point and client entries expire and are removed from the list, use the config rogue ap timeout command.

config rogue ap timeout seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Value of 240 to 3600 seconds (inclusive), with a default value of 1200 seconds.

Command Default

1200 seconds.

Examples

This example shows how to set an expiration time for entries in the rogue access point and client list to 2400 seconds:


> config rogue ap timeout 2400

Related Commands

config rogue ap classify

config rogue ap friendly

config rogue ap rldp

config rogue ap ssid

config rogue rule

config trapflags rogueap

show rogue ap clients

show rogue ap detailed

show rogue ap summary

show rogue ap friendly summary

show rogue ap malicious summary

show rogue ap unclassified summary

show rogue ignore-list

show rogue rule detailed

show rogue rule summary

config tacacs athr mgmt-server-timeout

To configure a default TACACS+ authorization server timeout for management users, use the config tacacs athr mgmt-server-timeout command.

config tacacs athr mgmt-server-timeout index timeout

Syntax Description

index

TACACS+ authorization server index.

timeout

Timeout value. The range is 1 to 30 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a default TACACS+ authorization server timeout for management users:


> config tacacs athr mgmt-server-timeout 1 10

Related Commands

config tacacs athr

config tacacs auth mgmt-server-timeout

To configure a default TACACS+ authentication server timeout for management users, use the config tacacs auth mgmt-server-timeout command.

config tacacs auth mgmt-server-timeout index timeout

Syntax Description

index

TACACS+ authentication server index.

timeout

Timeout value. The range is 1 to 30 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a default TACACS+ authentication server timeout for management users:


> config tacacs auth mgmt-server-timeout 1 10

Related Commands

config tacacs auth

config rfid auto-timeout

To configure an automatic timeout of radio frequency identification (RFID) tags, use the config rfid auto-timeout command.

config rfid auto-timeout { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables an automatic timeout.

disable

Disables an automatic timeout.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable an automatic timeout of RFID tags:


> config rfid auto-timeout enable

Related Commands

show rfid summary

config rfid status

config rfid timeout

config rfid timeout

To configure a static radio frequency identification (RFID) tag data timeout, use the config rfid timeout command.

config rfid timeout seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Timeout in seconds (from 60 to 7200).

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a static RFID tag data timeout of 60 seconds.


> config rfid timeout 60

Related Commands

show rfid summary

config rfid statistics

config wlan session-timeout

To change the timeout of wireless LAN clients, use the config wlan session-timeout command.

config wlan timeout { wlan_id | foreignAp} seconds

Syntax Description

wlan_id

Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

foreignAp

Specifies third-party access points.

seconds

Timeout or session duration in seconds. A value of zero is equivalent to no timeout.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the client timeout to 6000 seconds for WLAN ID 1:


> config wlan session-timeout 1 6000

Related Commands

show wlan

config wlan usertimeout

To configure the timeout for idle client sessions for a WLAN, use the config wlan usertimeout command.

config wlan usertimeout timeout wlan_id

Syntax Description

timeout

Timeout for idle client sessions for a WLAN. If the client sends traffic less than the threshold, the client is removed on timeout. The range is from 15 to 100000 seconds.

wlan_id

Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

Command Default

300 seconds.

Usage Guidelines

The timeout value that you configure here overrides the global timeout that you define using the command config network usertimeout.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the idle client sessions for a WLAN:

> config wlan usertimeout 100 1

Related Commands

config network usertimeout

config wlan user-idle-threshold

config wlan security wpa akm ft

To configure authentication key-management using 802.11r fast transition 802.1X, use the config wlan security wpa akm ft command.

config wlan security wpa akm ft [ over-the-air | over-the-ds | psk | [ reassociation-timeout seconds]] { enable | disable} wlan_id

Syntax Description

over-the-air

(Optional) Configures 802.11r fast transition roaming over-the-air support.

over-the-ds

(Optional) Configures 802.11r fast transition roaming DS support.

psk

(Optional) Configures 802.11r fast transition PSK support.

reassociation-timeout

(Optional) Configures the reassociation deadline interval.

The valid range is between 1 to 100 seconds. The default value is 20 seconds.

seconds

Reassociation deadline interval in seconds.

enable

Enables 802.11r fast transition 802.1X support.

disable

Disables 802.11r fast transition 802.1X support.

wlan_id

Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure authentication key-management using 802.11r fast transition:


> config wlan security wpa akm ft reassociation-timeout 25 1

Related Commands

show wlan

config wlan security ft

To configure 802.11r fast transition parameters, use the config wlan security ft command.

config wlan security ft { enable | disable | reassociation-timeout timeout-in-seconds} wlan_id

Syntax Description

enable

Enables 802.11r fast transition roaming support.

disable

Disables 802.11r fast transition roaming support.

reassociation-timeout

Configures reassociation deadline interval.

timeout-in-seconds

Reassociation timeout value in seconds. The valid range is 1 to 100 seconds.

wlan_id

Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Ensure that you have disabled the WLAN before you proceed.

Examples

This example shows how to enable 802.11r fast transition roaming support on WLAN 2:


> config wlan security ft enable 2

This example shows how to set the reassociation timeout value of 20 seconds for 802.11r fast transition roaming support on WLAN 2:

> config wlan security ft reassociation-timeout 20 2

Related Commands

show wlan

Clearing Configurations, Log files, and Other Actions

Use the clear command to clear existing configurations, log files, and other functions.

clear acl counters

To clear the current counters for an access control list (ACL), use the clear acl counters command.

clear acl counters acl_name

Syntax Description

acl_name

ACL name.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines


Note


ACL counters are available only on the following controllers: Cisco 4400 Series Controller, Cisco WiSM, and Catalyst 3750G Integrated Wireless LAN Controller Switch.


Examples

This example shows how to clear the current counters for acl1:


> clear acl counters acl1

Related Commands

config acl counter

show acl

clear ap-config

To clear (reset to the default values) a lightweight access point’s configuration settings, use the clear ap-config command.

clear ap-config ap_name

Syntax Description

ap_name

Access point name.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Entering this command does not clear the static IP address of the access point.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the access point’s configuration settings for the access point named ap1240_322115:


> clear ap-config ap1240_322115
Clear ap-config will clear ap config and reboot the AP. Are you sure you want continue? (y/n)

Related Commands

show ap config

clear ap-eventlog

To delete the existing event log and create an empty event log file for a specific access point or for all access points joined to the controller, use the clear ap-eventlog command.

clear ap-eventlog { specific ap_name | all}

Syntax Description

specific

Specifies a specific access point log file.

ap_name

Name of the access point for which the event log file will be emptied.

all

Deletes the event log for all access points joined to the controller.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the event log for all access points:


> clear ap-eventlog all
This will clear event log contents for all APs. Do you want continue? (y/n) :y
Any AP event log contents have been successfully cleared.

Related Commands

show ap eventlog

clear ap join stats

To clear the join statistics for all access points or for a specific access point, use the clear ap join stats command.

clear ap join stats { all | ap_mac}

Syntax Description

all

Specifies all access points.

ap_mac

Access point MAC address.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the join statistics of all the access points:


> clear ap join stats all

Related Commands

show ap config

clear arp

To clear the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table, use the clear arp command.

clear arp

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the ARP table:


> clear arp
Are you sure you want to clear the ARP cache? (y/n)

Related Commands

clear transfer


clear download datatype


clear download filename


clear download mode

clear download serverip


clear download start

clear upload datatype


clear upload filename


clear upload mode


clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start


clear stats port

clear avc statistics

To clear AVC statistics of a client, guest LAN, remote LAN, or a WLAN use the clear avc statistics command.

clear avc statistics { client { all | client-mac} | guest-lan { all | guest-lan-id} | remote-lan { all | remote-lan-id} | wlan { all | wlan-id}}

Syntax Description

client

Clears AVC statistics of a client.

all

Clears AVC statistics of all clients.

client-mac

MAC address of a client.

guest-lan

Clears AVC statistics of a guest LAN.

all

Clears AVC statistics of all guest LANs.

guest-lan-id

Guest LAN Identifier between 1 and 5.

remote-lan

Clears AVC statistics of a remote LAN.

all

Clears AVC statistics of all remote LANs.

remote-lan-id

Remote LAN Identifier between 1 and 512.

wlan

Clears AVC statistics of a WLAN.

all

Clears AVC statistics of all WLANs.

wlan-id

WLAN Identifier between 1 and 512.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the AVC statistics of a client:

> clear avc statistics client 00:21:1b:ea:36:60

Related Commands

config avc profile create

config avc profile delete

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics

debug avc error

debug avc events

clear client tsm

To clear the traffic stream metrics (TSM) statistics for a particular access point or all the access points to which this client is associated, use the clear client tsm command.

clear client tsm { 802.11a | 802.11b} client_mac { ap_mac | all}

Syntax Description

802.11a

Specifies the 802.11a network.

802.11b

Specifies the 802.11b network.

client_mac

MAC address of the client.

ap_mac

MAC address of a Cisco lightweight access point.

all

Specifies all access points.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the TSM for the MAC address 00:40:96:a8:f7:98:

> clear client tsm 802.11a 00:40:96:a8:f7:98 all

Related Commands

clear upload start

clear config

To reset configuration data to factory defaults, use the clear config command.

clear config

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to reset the configuration data to factory defaults:


> clear config
Are you sure you want to clear the configuration? (y/n)
n
Configuration not cleared!

Related Commands

clear transfer


clear download datatype


clear download filename


clear download mode

clear download serverip


clear download start

clear upload datatype


clear upload filename


clear upload mode


clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start


clear stats port

clear ext-webauth-url

To clear the external web authentication URL, use the clear ext-webauth-url command.

clear ext-webauth-url

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the external web authentication URL:


> clear ext-webauth-url
URL cleared.

Related Commands

clear transfer


clear download datatype


clear download filename


clear download mode

clear download serverip


clear download start

clear upload datatype


clear upload filename


clear upload mode


clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start


clear stats port

clear license agent

Command Default

To clear the license agent’s counter or session statistics, use the clear license agent command.

clear license agent { counters | sessions}

Syntax Description

counters

Clears the counter statistics.

sessions

Clears the session statistics.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the license agent’s counter settings:


> clear license agent counters

Related Commands

config license agent

show license agent

license install

clear location rfid

To clear a specific radio frequency identification (RFID) tag or all of the RFID tags in the entire database, use the clear location rfid command.

clear location rfid { mac_address | all}

Syntax Description

mac_address

MAC address of a specific RFID tag.

all

Specifies all of the RFID tags in the database.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear all of the RFID tags in the database:


> clear location rfid all

Related Commands

clear location statistics rfid

config location

show location

show location statistics rfid

clear location statistics rfid

To clear radio frequency identification (RFID) statistics, use the clear location statistics rfid command.

clear location statistics rfid

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear RFID statistics:


> clear location statistics rfid 

Related Commands

config location

show location

show location statistics rfid

clear locp statistics

To clear the Location Protocol (LOCP) statistics, use the clear locp statistics command.

clear locp statistics

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the statistics related to LOCP:


> clear locp statistics 

Related Commands

clear nmsp statistics

config nmsp notify-interval measurement

show nmsp notify-interval summary

show nmsp statistics

show nmsp status

clear login-banner

To remove the login banner file from the controller, use the clear login-banner command.

clear login-banner

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the login banner file:


> clear login-banner

Related Commands

transfer download datatype

clear lwapp private-config

To clear (reset to default values) an access point’s current Lightweight Access Point Protocol (LWAPP) private configuration, which contains static IP addressing and controller IP address configurations, use the clear lwapp private-config command.

clear lwapp private-config

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

This command is executed from the access point console port.

Prior to changing the FlexConnect configuration on an access point using the access point’s console port, the access point must be in standalone mode (not connected to a controller) and you must remove the current LWAPP private configuration by using the clear lwapp private-config command.


Note


The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


Examples

This example shows how to clear an access point’s current LWAPP private configuration:


AP# clear lwapp private-config
removing the reap config file flash:/lwapp_reap.cfg

Related Commands

debug capwap

debug capwap reap

debug lwapp console cli

show capwap reap association



show capwap reap status

clear mdns service-database

To clear the mDNS service database, use the clear mdns service-databasecommand.

clear mdns service-database { all | service-name

Syntax Description

all

Clears the mDNS service database.

service-name

Name of the mDNS service. The controller clears the details of the mDNS service.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The controller snoops and learns about the mDNS service advertisements only if the service is available in the Master Services database.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the mDNS service database:

> clear mdns service-database all

Related Commands

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

config mdns profile

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

clear nmsp statistics

To clear the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) statistics, use the clear nmsp statistics command.

clear nmsp statistics

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the NMSP statistics log file:


> clear nmsp statistics

Related Commands

clear locp statistics

config nmsp notify-interval measurement

show nmsp notify-interval summary

show nmsp status

clear radius acct statistics

To clear the RADIUS accounting statistics on the controller, use the clear radius acc statistics command.

clear radius acct statistics [ index | all]

Syntax Description

index

(Optional) Specifies the index of the RADIUS accounting server.

all

(Optional) Specifies all RADIUS accounting servers.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the RADIUS accounting statistics:


> clear radius acc statistics

Related Commands

show radius acct statistics

clear tacacs auth statistics

To clear the RADIUS authentication server statistics in the controller, use the clear tacacs auth statistics command.

clear tacacs auth statistics [ index | all]

Syntax Description

index

(Optional) Specifies the index of the RADIUS authentication server.

all

(Optional) Specifies all RADIUS authentication servers.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the RADIUS authentication server statistics:


> clear tacacs auth statistics

Related Commands

show tacacs auth statistics

show tacacs summary

config tacacs auth

clear redirect-url

To clear the custom web authentication redirect URL on the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller, use the clear redirect-url command.

clear redirect-url

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the custom web authentication redirect URL:


> clear redirect-url
URL cleared.

Related Commands

clear transfer


clear download datatype


clear download filename


clear download mode


clear download path


clear download start


clear upload datatype


clear upload filename


clear upload mode


clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start

clear stats ap wlan

To clear the WLAN statistics, use the clear stats ap wlan command.

clear stats ap wlan cisco_ap

Syntax Description

cisco_ap

Selected configuration elements.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the WLAN configuration elements of the access point cisco_ap:


> clear stats ap wlan cisco_ap
WLAN statistics cleared.

Related Commands

show ap stats

show ap wlan

clear stats local-auth

To clear the local Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) statistics, use the clear stats local-auth command.

clear stats local-auth

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the local EAP statistics:


> clear stats local-auth
Local EAP Authentication Stats Cleared.

Related Commands

config local-auth active-timeout

config local-auth eap-profile

config local-auth method fast

config local-auth user-credentials

debug aaa local-auth

show local-auth certificates

show local-auth config

show local-auth statistics

clear stats mobility

To clear mobility manager statistics, use the clear stats mobility command.

clear stats mobility

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to cleat mobility manager statistics:


> clear stats mobility
   Mobility stats cleared.

Related Commands

clear transfer


clear download datatype


clear download filename


clear download mode

clear download serverip

clear download start

clear upload datatype


clear upload filename


clear upload mode


clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start


clear stats port

clear stats port

To clear statistics counters for a specific port, use the clear stats port command.

clear stats port port

Syntax Description

port

Physical interface port number.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the statistics counters for port 9:


> clear stats port 9

Related Commands

clear transfer


clear download datatype


clear download filename


clear download mode

clear download serverip


clear download start

clear upload datatype


clear upload filename


clear upload mode


clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start


clear stats port

clear stats radius

To clear the statistics for one or more RADIUS servers, use the clear stats radius command.

clear stats radius { auth | acct} { index | all}

Syntax Description

auth

Clears statistics regarding authentication.

acct

Clears statistics regarding accounting.

index

Specifies the index number of the RADIUS server to be cleared.

all

Clears statistics for all RADIUS servers.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the statistics for all RADIUS authentication servers:


> clear stats radius auth all

Related Commands

clear transfer


clear download datatype


clear download filename


clear download mode

clear download serverip


clear download start

clear upload datatype


clear upload filename


clear upload mode


clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start


clear stats port

clear stats switch

To clear all switch statistics counters on a Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the clear stats switch command.

clear stats switch

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear all switch statistics counters:


> clear stats switch

Related Commands

clear transfer


clear download datatype


clear download filename

clear download mode


clear download path

clear download start

clear upload datatype


clear upload filename


clear upload mode

clear upload path


clear upload serverip

clear upload start

clear stats tacacs

To clear the TACACS+ server statistics on the controller, use the clear stats tacacs command.

clear stats tacacs [ auth | athr | acct] [ index | all]

Syntax Description

auth

(Optional) Clears the TACACS+ authentication server statistics.

athr

(Optional) Clears the TACACS+ authorization server statistics.

acct

(Optional) Clears the TACACS+ accounting server statistics.

index

(Optional) Specifies index of the TACACS+ server.

all

(Optional) Specifies all TACACS+ servers.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the TACACS+ accounting server statistics for index 1:


> clear stats tacacs acct 1

Related Commands

show tacacs summary

clear transfer

To clear the transfer information, use the clear transfer command.

clear transfer

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the transfer information:


> clear transfer
Are you sure you want to clear the transfer information? (y/n) y
Transfer Information Cleared.

Related Commands

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload pac

transfer upload password

transfer upload port

transfer upload path


transfer upload username

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

clear traplog

To clear the trap log, use the clear traplog command.

clear traplog

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the trap log:


> clear traplog 
Are you sure you want to clear the trap log? (y/n) y
Trap Log Cleared.

Related Commands

clear transfer

clear download datatype

clear download filename


clear download mode


clear download path

clear download serverip

clear download start


clear upload filename

clear upload mode

clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start

clear webimage

To clear the custom web authentication image, use the clear webimage command.

clear webimage

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the custom web authentication image:


> clear webimage

Related Commands

clear transfer

clear download datatype

clear download filename


clear download mode


clear download path

clear download serverip

clear download start


clear upload filename

clear upload mode

clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start

clear webmessage

To clear the custom web authentication message, use the clear webmessage command.

clear webmessage

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the custom web authentication message:


> clear webmessage
Message cleared.

Related Commands

clear transfer

clear download datatype

clear download filename


clear download mode


clear download path

clear download serverip

clear download start


clear upload filename

clear upload mode

clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start

clear webtitle

To clear the custom web authentication title, use the clear webtitle command.

clear webtitle

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the custom web authentication title:


> clear webtitle
Title cleared.

Related Commands

clear transfer

clear download datatype

clear download filename


clear download mode


clear download path


clear download serverip

clear download start


clear upload filename

clear upload mode

clear upload path


clear upload serverip


clear upload start

Resetting the System Reboot Time

Use the reset command to schedule a reboot of the controller and access points.

reset system at

To reset the system at a specified time, use the reset system at command.

reset system at YYYY-MM-DD HH: MM: SS image { no-swap| swap} reset-aps [ save-config]

Syntax Description

YYYY-MM-DD

Specifies the date.

HH: MM: SS

Specifies the time in a 24-hour format.

image

Configures the image to be rebooted.

swap

Changes the active boot image.

no-swap

Boots from the active image.

reset-aps

Resets all access points during the system reset.

save-config

(Optional) Saves the configuration before the system reset.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to reset the system at 2010-03-29 and 12:01:01 time:


> reset system at 2010-03-29 12:01:01 image swap reset-aps save-config

Related Commands

reset system notify-time

reset system in

reset system in

To specify the amount of time delay before the devices reboot, use the reset system in command.

reset system in HH: MM: SS image { swap | no-swap} reset-aps save-config

Syntax Description

HH :MM :SS

Specifies a delay in duration.

image

Configures the image to be rebooted.

swap

Changes the active boot image.

no-swap

Boots from the active image.

reset-aps

Resets all access points during the system reset.

save-config

Saves the configuration before the system reset.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to reset the system after a delay of 00:01:01:


> reset system in 00:01:01 image swap reset-aps save-config

Related Commands

reset system notify-time

reset system at

reset system cancel

To cancel a scheduled reset, use the reset system cancel command.

reset system cancel

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to cancel a scheduled reset:


> reset system cancel

Related Commands

reset system at

reset system in

reset system notify-time

reset system notify-time

To configure the trap generation prior to scheduled resets, use the reset system notify-time command.

reset system notify-time minutes

Syntax Description

minutes

Number of minutes before each scheduled reset at which to generate a trap.

Command Default

The default is 10 minutes.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the trap generation to 10 minutes before the scheduled resets:


> reset system notify-time 55

Related Commands

reset system in

reset system at

reset peer-system

To reset the peer controller, use the reset peer-system command.

reset peer-system

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to reset the peer controller:

> reset peer-system

Related Commands

reset system notify-time

reset system in

Uploading and Downloading Files and Configurations

Use the transfer command to transfer files to or from the Cisco Wireless LAN controller.

transfer download certpasswor

To set the password for the .PEM file so that the operating system can decrypt the web administration SSL key and certificate, use the transfer download certpassword command.

transfer download certpassword private_key_password

Syntax Description

private_key_password

Certificate’s private key password.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to transfer a file to the switch with the certificate’s private key password certpassword:


> transfer download certpassword
Clearing password

Related Commands

clear transfer


transfer download filename


transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download serverip


transfer download start

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload filename


transfer upload mode

transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer download datatype

To set the download file type, use the transfer download datatype command.

transfer download datatype { config | code | image | signature | webadmincert | webauthbundle | eapdevcert | eapcacert}

Syntax Description

config

Downloads the configuration file.

code

Downloads an executable image to the system.

image

Downloads a web page login to the system.

signature

Downloads a signature file to the system.

webadmincert

Downloads a certificate for web administration to the system.

webauthbundle

Downloads a custom webauth bundle to the system.

eapdevcert

Downloads an EAP dev certificate to the system.

eapcacert

Downloads an EAP ca certificate to the system.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to download an executable image to the system:


> transfer download datatype code

Related Commands

clear transfer


transfer download filename


transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download serverip


transfer download start

transfer upload filename


transfer upload mode

transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer download filename

To download a specific file, use the transfer download filename command.

transfer download filename filename

Syntax Description

filename

Filename that contains up to 512 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

You cannot use special characters such as \ : * ? " < > | for the filename.

Examples

This example shows how to transfer a file named build603:


> transfer download filename build603

Related Commands

clear transfer


transfer download certpassword

transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download serverip


transfer download start

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload certpassword

transfer upload mode

transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer download mode

To set the transfer mode, use the transfer download mode command.

transfer upload mode { ftp | tftp | sftp}

Syntax Description

ftp

Sets the transfer mode to FTP.

tftp

Sets the transfer mode to TFTP.

sftp

Sets the transfer mode to SFTP.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to transfer a file using the TFTP mode:


> transfer download mode tftp

Related Commands

clear transfer


transfer download filename


transfer download certpassword

transfer download path

transfer download serverip


transfer download start

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload filename


transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer download password

To set the password for an FTP transfer, use the transfer download password command.

transfer download password password

Syntax Description

password

Password.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the password for FTP transfer to pass01:


> transfer download password pass01

Related Commands

transfer download mode

transfer download port

transfer download username

transfer download path

To set a specific FTP or TFTP path, use the transfer download path command.

transfer download path path

Syntax Description

path

Directory path.

Note   

Path names on a TFTP or FTP server are relative to the server’s default or root directory. For example, in the case of the Solarwinds TFTP server, the path is “/”.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

You cannot use special characters such as \ : * ? " < > | for the file path.

Examples

This example shows how to transfer a file to the path c:\install\version2:

> transfer download path c:\install\version2

Related Commands

clear transfer


transfer download filename


transfer download mode

transfer download certpassword

transfer download serverip


transfer download start

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload filename


transfer upload mode

transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer download port

To specify the FTP port, use the transfer download port command.

transfer download port port

Syntax Description

port

FTP port.

Command Default

The default FTP port is 21.

Examples

This example shows how to specify FTP port number 23:


> transfer download port 23

Related Commands

transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download username

transfer download serverip

To configure the IP address of the TFTP server from which to download information, use the transfer download serverip command.

transfer download serverip TFTP_server ip_address

Syntax Description

TFTP_server

TFTP IP address.

ip_address

Server IP address.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the IP address of the TFTP server with the IP address 175.34.56.78:


> transfer download serverip 175.34.56.78

Related Commands

clear transfer


transfer download filename


transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download serverip


transfer download start

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload filename


transfer upload mode

transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

clear transfer

transfer download filename


transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download certpassword

transfer download start

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload filename


transfer upload mode

transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer download start

To initiate a download, use the transfer download start command.

transfer download start

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to initiate a download:


> transfer download start
Mode........................................... TFTP
Data Type...................................... Site Cert
TFTP Server IP................................. 172.16.16.78
TFTP Path...................................... directory path
TFTP Filename.................................. webadmincert_name
This may take some time.
Are you sure you want to start? (y/n) Y
TFTP Webadmin cert transfer starting.
Certificate installed.
Please restart the switch (reset system) to use the new certificate.

Related Commands

clear transfer


transfer download filename


transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download serverip


transfer download certpassword

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload filename


transfer upload mode

transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer download tftpPktTimeout

To specify the TFTP packet timeout, use the transfer download tftpPktTimeout command.

transfer download tftpPktTimeout timeout

Syntax Description

timeout

Timeout in seconds between 1 and 254.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to transfer a file with the TFTP packet timeout of 55 seconds:


> transfer download tftpPktTimeout 55

Related Commands

clear transfer


transfer download filename


transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download serverip


transfer download start

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload filename


transfer upload mode

transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer download tftpMaxRetries

To specify the number of allowed TFTP packet retries, use the transfer download tftpMaxRetries command.

transfer download tftpMaxRetries retries

Syntax Description

retries

Number of allowed TFTP packet retries between 1 and 254 seconds.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the number of allowed TFTP packet retries to 55:


> transfer download tftpMaxRetries 55

Related Commands

clear transfer


transfer download filename


transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download serverip


transfer download start

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload filename


transfer upload mode

transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer download username

To specify the FTP username, use the transfer download username command.

transfer download username username

Syntax Description

username

Username.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the FTP username to ftp_username:


> transfer download username ftp_username

Related Commands

transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download password


transfer encrypt

To configure encryption for configuration file transfers, use the transfer encrypt command.

transfer encrypt { enable | disable | set-key key}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the encryption settings.

disable

Disables the encryption settings.

set-key

Specifies the encryption key for configuration file transfers.

key

Encryption key for config file transfers.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the encryption settings:


> transfer encrypt enable

Related Commands

clear transfer


transfer download filename


transfer download mode

transfer download path

transfer download serverip


transfer download start

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload filename


transfer upload mode

transfer upload path


transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer upload datatype

To set the controller to upload specified log and crash files, use the transfer upload datatype command.

transfer upload datatype { config | coredump | crashfile | errorlog | invalid-config | pac | packet-capture | panic-crash-file | radio-core-dump | signature | systemtrace | traplog | watchdog-crash-file}

Syntax Description

config

Uploads the system configuration file.

coredump

Uploads the core-dump file.

crashfile

Uploads the system crash file.

errorlog

Uploads the system error log file.

invalid-config

Uploads the system invalid-config file.

pac

Uploads a Protected Access Credential (PAC).

packet-capture

Uploads a packet capture file.

panic-crash-file

Uploads the kernel panic information file.

radio-core-dump

Uploads the system error log.

signature

Uploads the system signature file.

systemtrace

Uploads the system trace file.

traplog

Uploads the system trap log.

watchdog-crash-file

Uploads a console dump file resulting from a software-watchdog-initiated controller reboot following a crash.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to upload the system error log file:


> transfer upload datatype errorlog

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload filename

transfer upload mode

transfer upload pac

transfer upload password

transfer upload path

transfer upload port

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer upload username

transfer upload filename

To upload a specific file, use the transfer upload filename command.

transfer upload filename filename

Syntax Description

filename

Filename that contains up to 16 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

You cannot use special characters such as \ : * ? " < > | for the filename.

Examples

This example shows how to upload a file build603:


> transfer upload filename build603

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload mode

transfer upload pac

transfer upload password

transfer upload path

transfer upload port

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer upload username

transfer upload mode

To configure the transfer mode, use the transfer upload mode command.

transfer upload mode { ftp | tftp | sftp}

Syntax Description

ftp

Sets the transfer mode to FTP.

tftp

Sets the transfer mode to TFTP.

sftp

Sets the transfer mode to SFTP.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the transfer mode to TFTP:


> transfer upload mode tftp

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload filename

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload pac

transfer upload password

transfer upload path

transfer upload port

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer upload username

transfer upload pac

To load a Protected Access Credential (PAC) to support the local authentication feature and allow a client to import the PAC, use the transfer upload pac command.

transfer upload pac username validity password

Syntax Description

username

User identity of the PAC.

validity

Validity period (days) of the PAC.

password

Password to protect the PAC.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The client upload process uses a TFTP or FTP server.

Examples

This example shows how to upload a PAC with the username user1, validity period 53, and password pass01:

> transfer upload pac user1 53 pass01

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload filename

transfer upload mode

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload password

transfer upload path

transfer upload port

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer upload username

transfer upload password

To configure the password for FTP transfer, use the transfer upload password command.

Syntax Description

password

Password needed to access the FTP server.

transfer upload password password

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the password for the FTP transfer to pass01:


> transfer upload password pass01

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload filename

transfer upload mode

transfer upload pac

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload path

transfer upload port

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer upload username

transfer upload path

To set a specific upload path, use the transfer upload path command.

transfer upload path path

Syntax Description

path

Server path to file.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

You cannot use special characters such as \ : * ? " < > | for the file path.

Examples

This example shows how to set the upload path to c:\install\version2:

> transfer upload path c:\install\version2

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload filename

transfer upload mode

transfer upload pac

transfer upload password

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload port

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer upload username

transfer upload peer-start

To upload a file to the peer controller, use the transfer upload peer-start command.

transfer upload peer-start

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to start uploading a file to the peer controller:

> transfer upload peer-start
Mode............................................. FTP
FTP Server IP.................................... 209.165.201.1
FTP Server Port.................................. 21
FTP Path......................................... /builds/nimm/
FTP Filename..................................... AS_5500_7_4_1_20.aes
FTP Username..................................... wnbu
FTP Password..................................... *********
Data Type........................................ Error Log

Are you sure you want to start upload from standby? (y/N) n

Transfer Canceled

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload filename

transfer upload mode

transfer upload pac

transfer upload password

transfer upload path

transfer upload port

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload username

transfer upload port

To specify the FTP port, use the transfer upload port command.

transfer upload port port

Syntax Description

port

Port number.

Command Default

The default FTP port is 21.

Examples

This example shows how to specify FTP port 23:


> transfer upload port 23

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload filename

transfer upload mode

transfer upload pac

transfer upload password

transfer upload path

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer upload username

transfer upload serverip

To configure the IP address of the TFTP server to upload files to, use the transfer upload serverip command.

transfer upload serverip ip_address

Syntax Description

ip_address

Server IP address.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the IP address of the TFTP server to 175.31.56.78:


> transfer upload serverip 175.31.56.78

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload filename

transfer upload mode

transfer upload pac

transfer upload password

transfer upload path

transfer upload port

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload start

transfer upload username

transfer upload start

To initiate an upload, use the transfer upload start command.

transfer upload start

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to initiate an upload of a file:


> transfer upload start
Mode........................................... TFTP
TFTP Server IP................................. 172.16.16.78
TFTP Path...................................... c:\find\off/
TFTP Filename.................................. wps_2_0_75_0.aes
Data Type...................................... Code
Are you sure you want to start? (y/n) n
Transfer Cancelled

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload filename

transfer upload mode

transfer upload pac

transfer upload password

transfer upload path

transfer upload port

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload datatype

transfer upload username

transfer upload username

To specify the FTP username, use the transfer upload username command.

transfer upload username

Syntax Description

username

Username required to access the FTP server. The username can contain up to 31 characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to set the FTP username to ftp_username:


> transfer upload username ftp_username

Related Commands

clear transfer

transfer upload filename

transfer upload mode

transfer upload pac

transfer upload password

transfer upload path

transfer upload port

transfer upload serverip

transfer upload start

transfer upload datatype

Installing and Modifying Licenses on Cisco 5500 Series Controllers

Use the license commands to install, remove, modify, or rehost licenses.


Note


Some license commands are available only on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller. Right to Use (RTU) licensing is not supported on Cisco 5500 Series Controllers.



Note


For detailed information on installing and rehosting licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, see the “Installing and Configuring Licenses” section in Chapter 4 of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide.


license clear

To remove a license from the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license clear command.

license clear license_name

Syntax Description

license_name

Name of the license.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

You can delete an expired evaluation license or any unused license. You cannot delete unexpired evaluation licenses, the permanent base image license, or licenses that are in use by the controller.

Examples

This example shows how to remove the license settings of the license named wplus-ap-count:


> license clear wplus-ap-count

Related Commands

license comment

license install

license revoke

license save

show license all

license comment

To add comments to a license or delete comments from a license on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license comment command.

license comment { add | delete} license_name comment_string

Syntax Description

add

Adds a comment.

delete

Deletes a comment.

license_name

Name of the license.

comment_string

License comment.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to add a comment “wplus ap count license” to the license name wplus-ap-count:


> license comment add wplus-ap-count Comment for wplus ap count license

Related Commands

license clear

license install

license revoke

license save

show license all

license install

To install a license on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license install command.

license install url

Syntax Description

url

URL of the TFTP server (tftp://server_ip/path/filename).

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

We recommend that the access point count be the same for the base-ap-count and wplus-ap-count licenses installed on your controller. If your controller has a base-ap-count license of 100 and you install a wplus-ap-count license of 12, the controller supports up to 100 access points when the base license is in use but only a maximum of 12 access points when the wplus license is in use.

You cannot install a wplus license that has an access point count greater than the controller's base license. For example, you cannot apply a wplus-ap-count 100 license to a controller with an existing base-ap-count 12 license. If you attempt to register for such a license, an error message appears indicating that the license registration has failed. Before upgrading to a wplus-ap-count 100 license, you would first have to upgrade the controller to a base-ap-count 100 or 250 license.

Examples

This example shows how to install a license on the controller from the URL tftp://10.10.10.10/path/license.lic:


> license install tftp://10.10.10.10/path/license.lic

Related Commands

license clear

license install

license revoke

license save

show license all

license modify priority

To raise or lower the priority of the base-ap-count or wplus-ap-count evaluation license on a Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license modify priority command.

license modify priority license_name { high | low}

Syntax Description

license_name

Ap-count evaluation license.

high

Modifies the priority of an ap-count evaluation license.

low

Modifies the priority of an ap-count evaluation license.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

If you are considering upgrading to a license with a higher access point count, you can try an evaluation license before upgrading to a permanent version of the license. For example, if you are using a permanent license with a 50 access point count and want to try an evaluation license with a 100 access point count, you can try out the evaluation license for 60 days.

AP-count evaluation licenses are set to low priority by default so that the controller uses the ap-count permanent license. If you want to try an evaluation license with an increased access point count, you must change its priority to high. If you no longer want to have this higher capacity, you can lower the priority of the ap-count evaluation license, which forces the controller to use the permanent license.


Note


You can set the priority only for ap-count evaluation licenses. AP-count permanent licenses always have a medium priority, which cannot be configured.



Note


If the ap-count evaluation license is a wplus license and the ap-count permanent license is a base license, you must also change the feature set to wplus.



Note


To prevent disruptions in operation, the controller does not switch licenses when an evaluation license expires. You must reboot the controller in order to return to a permanent license. Following a reboot, the controller defaults to the same feature set level as the expired evaluation license. If no permanent license at the same feature set level is installed, the controller uses a permanent license at another level or an unexpired evaluation license.


Examples

This example shows how to set the priority of the wplus-ap-count to high:


> license modify priority wplus-ap-count high

Related Commands

license clear

license install

license revoke

license save

show license all

license revoke

To rehost a license on a Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license revoke command.

license revoke { permission_ticket_url | rehost rehost_ticket_url}

Syntax Description

permission_ticket_url

URL of the TFTP server (tftp://server_ip/path/filename) where you saved the permission ticket.

rehost

Specifies the rehost license settings.

rehost_ticket_url

URL of the TFTP server (tftp://server_ip/path/filename) where you saved the rehost ticket.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Before you revoke a license, save the device credentials by using the license save credential url command.

You can rehost all permanent licenses except the permanent base image license. Evaluation licenses and the permanent base image license cannot be rehosted.

In order to rehost a license, you must generate credential information from the controller and use it to obtain a permission ticket to revoke the license from the Cisco licensing site (www.cisco.com/go/license). Next, you must obtain a rehost ticket and use it to obtain a license installation file for the controller on which you want to install the license.

For detailed information on rehosting licenses, see the “Installing and Configuring Licenses” section in Chapter 4 of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide.

Examples

This example shows how to revoke the license settings from the saved permission ticket URL tftp://10.10.10.10/path/permit_ticket.lic:


> license revoke tftp://10.10.10.10/path/permit_ticket.lic

This example shows how to revoke the license settings from the saved rehost ticket URL tftp://10.10.10.10/path/rehost_ticket.lic:


> license revoke rehost tftp://10.10.10.10/path/rehost_ticket.lic

Related Commands

license clear

license install

license modify priority

license save

show license all

license save

To save a backup copy of all installed licenses or license credentials on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license save command.

license save credential url

Syntax Description

credential

Device credential information.

url

URL of the TFTP server (tftp://server_ip/path/filename).

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Save the device credentials before you revoke the license by using the license revoke command.

Examples

This example shows how to save a backup copy of all installed licenses or license credentials on tftp://10.10.10.10/path/cred.lic:


> license save credential tftp://10.10.10.10/path/cred.lic

Related Commands

license clear

license install

license revoke

license modify priority

show license all

Configure Right to Use (RTU) Licensing Commands

Use the license commands to configure RTU licensing on Cisco Flex 7500 Series and 8500 Series controllers. This feature allows you to enable an AP license count on the controller without using any external tools after accepting an End User License Agreement (EULA).

license activate ap-count eval

To activate an evaluation access point license on the Cisco Flex 7500 Series and Cisco 8500 Series Wireless LAN Controllers, use the license activate ap-count eval command.

license activate ap-count eval

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

By default, in release 7.3 Cisco Flex 7500 Series Controllers and Cisco 8500 Series Wireless LAN Controllers support 6000 APs.

Usage Guidelines

When you activate this license, the controller prompts you to accept or reject the End User License Agreement (EULA) for the given license. If you activate a license that supports a smaller number of APs than the current number of APs connected to the controller, the activation command fails.

Examples

This example shows how to activate an evaluation AP-count license on a Cisco Flex 7500 Series controller:

> license activate ap-count eval

Related Commands

license activate feature

license add ap-count

license add feature

license deactivate feature

license deactivate ap-count

license delete ap-count

license delete feature

show license all

show license evaluation

show license feature

show license summary

show license detail

show license statistics

license activate feature

To activate a feature license on Cisco Flex 7500 Series and Cisco 8500 Series Wireless LAN Controllers, use the license activate feature command.

license activate feature license_name

Syntax Description

license_name

Name of the feature license. The license name can be up to 50 case-sensitive characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to activate a data DTLS feature license on a Cisco Flex 7500 Series controller:

> license activate feature data-DTLS 

Related Commands

license activate ap-count eval

license add ap-count

license add feature

license deactivate feature

license deactivate ap-count

license delete ap-count

license delete feature

show license all

show license evaluation

show license feature

show license summary

show license detail

show license statistics

license add ap-count

To configure the number of access points (APs) that an AP license can support on Cisco Flex 7500 and 8500 Series Wireless LAN controllers, use the license add ap-count command.

license add ap-count count

Syntax Description

count

Number of APs that the AP license supports. The range is from 1 to the maximum number of APs that the controller can support. The count must be a multiple of 5.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Right to Use (RTU) licensing allows you to enable a desired AP license count on the controller after accepting the End User License Agreement (EULA). You can now easily add AP counts on a controller without using external tools. RTU licensing is available only on Cisco Flex 7500 and 8500 series Wireless LAN controllers.

You can use this command to increase the count of an existing AP license. When you activate a license that supports a smaller number of APs than the current number of APs connected to the controller, the activation command fails.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the count of an AP license on a Cisco Flex 7500 Series controller:

> license add ap-count 5000

Related Commands

license activate feature

license activate ap-count eval

license add feature

license deactivate feature

license deactivate ap-count

license delete ap-count

license delete feature

show license all

show license evaluation

show license feature

show license summary

show license detail

show license statistics

license add feature

To add a license for a feature on the Cisco Flex 7500 Series and Cisco 8500 Series Wireless LAN controllers, use the license add feature command.

license add feature license_name

Syntax Description

license_name

Name of the feature license. The license name can be up to 50 case-sensitive characters. For example, data_DTLS.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to add a DTLS feature license on a Cisco Flex 7500 Series controller:

> license add feature data_DTLS

Related Commands

license add ap-count

license activate feature

license activate ap-count eval

license deactivate feature

license deactivate ap-count

license delete ap-count

license delete feature

show license all

show license evaluation

show license feature

show license summary

show license detail

show license statistics

license deactivate ap-count eval

To deactivate an evaluation access point license on the Cisco Flex 7500 Series and Cisco 8500 Series Wireless LAN Controllers, use the license deactivate ap-count eval command.

license deactivate ap-count eval

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to deactivate an evaluation AP license on a Cisco Flex 7500 Series controller:

> license deactivate ap-count eval

Related Commands

license activate ap-count

license activate feature

license add ap-count

license add feature

license deactivate feature

license delete ap-count

license delete feature

show license all

show license evaluation

show license feature

show license summary

show license detail

show license statistics

license deactivate feature

To deactivate a feature license on Cisco Flex 7500 Series and Cisco 8500 Series Wireless LAN controllers, use the license deactivate feature command.

license deactivate feature license_name

Syntax Description

license_name

Name of the feature license. The license name can be up to 50 case-sensitive characters.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to deactivate a data DTLS feature license on a Cisco Flex 7500 Series controller:

> license deactivate feature data_DTLS 

Related Commands

license activate ap-count eval

license activate feature

license add ap-count

license add feature

license deactivate ap-count

license delete ap-count

license delete feature

show license all

show license evaluation

show license feature

show license summary

show license detail

show license statistics

license delete ap-count

To delete an access point (AP) count license on the Cisco Flex 7500 Series and Cisco 8500 Series Wireless LAN Controllers, use the license delete ap-count command.

license delete ap-count count

Syntax Description

count

Number of APs that the AP license supports. The range is from 1 to the maximum number of APs that the controller can support. The count must be a multiple of 5.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to delete an AP count license on a Cisco Flex 7500 Series controller:

> license delete ap-count 5000

Related Commands

license activate feature

license activate ap-count eval

license add ap-count

license add feature

license deactivate feature

license deactivate ap-count

license delete feature

show license all

show license evaluation

show license feature

show license summary

show license detail

show license statistics

license delete feature

To delete a license for a feature on Cisco Flex 7500 Series and Cisco 8500 Series Wireless LAN controllers, use the license delete feature command.

license delete feature license_name

Syntax Description

license_name

Name of the feature license.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to delete the High Availability feature license on a Cisco Flex 7500 Series controller:

> license delete feature high_availability

Related Commands

license activate feature

license activate ap-count eval

license add feature

license add ap-count eval

license deactivate feature

license deactivate ap-count

license delete ap-count

show license all

show license evaluation

show license feature

show license summary

show license detail

show license statistics

Troubleshooting the Controller Settings

This section describes the debug and config commands that you can use to troubleshoot the controller.

debug arp

To configure Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) debug options, use the debug arp command.

debug arp { all | detail | events | message} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

all

Configures debugging of all ARP logs.

detail

Configures debugging of ARP detail messages.

error

Configures debugging of ARP errors.

message

Configures debugging of ARP messages.

enable

Enables ARP debugging.

disable

Disables ARP debugging.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable ARP debug settings:


> debug arp error enable

This example shows how to disable ARP debug settings:


> debug arp error disable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

show sysinfo

debug avc error

To debug Application Visibility and Control (AVC) error, use the debug avc error command.

debug avc error { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables debug of AVC error.

disable

Disables debug of AVC error.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable debug of AVC error:

> debug avc error enable

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics

debug avc events

debug avc events

To debug Application Visibility and Control (AVC) events, use the debug avc events command.

debug avc events { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables debug of AVC events.

disable

Disables debug of AVC events.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable debug of AVC events:

> debug avc events enable

Related Commands

config avc profile delete

config avc profile rule

config wlan avc

show avc profile

show avc applications

show avc statistics

debug avc error

debug cac

To configure Call Admission Control (CAC) debug options, use the debug cac command.

debug cac { all | event | packet} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

all

Configures debugging options for all CAC messages.

event

Configures debugging options for CAC events.

packet

Configures debugging options for selected CAC packets.

kts

Configures debugging options for KTS-based CAC messages.

enable

Enables the debugging.

disable

Disables the debugging.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable debug CAC settings:


> debug cac event enable
> debug cac packet enable

Related Commands

config 802.11 cac video acm

config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth


config 802.11 video roam-bandwidth

config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

config 802.11 cac voice load-based

config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth

config 802.11cac voice stream-size

config 802.11cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout

debug crypto

To configure hardware cryptographic debug options, use the debug crypto command.

debug crypto { all | sessions | trace | warning} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

all

Configures debugging of all hardware crypto messages.

sessions

Configures debugging of hardware crypto sessions.

trace

Configures debugging of hardware crypto sessions.

warning

Configures debugging of hardware crypto sessions.

enable

Enables the hardware cryptographic debugging.

disable

Disables the hardware cryptographic debugging setting.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the debugging of hardware crypto sessions:


> debug crypto sessions enable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

show sysinfo

debug dhcp

To configure DHCP debug options, use the debug dhcp command.

debug dhcp { message | packet} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

message

Configures debugging of DHCP error messages.

packet

Configures debugging of DHCP packets.

enable

Enables the DHCP debugging.

disable

Disables the DHCP debugging.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable DHCP debug settings:


> debug dhcp message enable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

config dhcp

config dhcp proxy

config interface dhcp

config wlan dhcp_server

debug dhcp service-port

show dhcp

show dhcp proxy

debug dhcp service-port

To enable or disable debugging of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packets on the service port, use the debug dhcp service-port command.

debug dhcp service-port { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the debugging of DHCP packets on the service port.

disable

Disables the debugging of DHCP packets on the service port.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable debugging of DHCP packets on a service port:


> debug dhcp service-port enable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

config dhcp

config dhcp proxy

config interface dhcp

config wlan dhcp_server

debug dhcp service-port

show dhcp

show dhcp proxy

debug disable-all

To disable all debug messages, use the debug disable-all command.

debug disable-all

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to disable all debug messages:


> debug disable-all

debug l2age

To configure debugging of Layer 2 age timeout messages, use the debug l2age command.

debug l2age { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables Layer2 age debug settings.

disable

Disables Layer2 age debug settings.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable Layer2 age debug settings:


> debug l2age enable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

debug mac

To configure MAC address debugging, use the debug mac command.

debug mac { disable | addr MAC}

Syntax Description

disable

Disables MAC debugging.

addr

Configures MAC address debugging.

MAC

MAC address.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure MAC address debugging settings:


> debug mac addr 00.0c.41.07.33.a6

Related Commands

debug disable-all

debug mdns all

To debug all multicast DNS (mDNS) messages, details, and errors, use the debug mdns all command.

debug mdns all { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the debug of all mDNS messages, details, and errors.

disable

Disables the debug of all mDNS messages, details, and errors.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the debug of all mDNS messages, details, and errors:

> debug mdns all enable

Related Commands

config mdns profile

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug mdns detail

To debug mDNS details, use the debug mdns detail command.

debug mdns detail { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the debug of mDNS details.

disable

Disables the debug of mDNS details.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the debug of mDNS details:

> debug mdns detail enable

Related Commands

config mdns profile

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns error

To debug mDNS errors, use the debug mdns error command.

debug mdns error { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the debug of mDNS errors.

disable

Disables the debug of mDNS errors.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the debug of mDNS errors:

> debug mdns error enable

Related Commands

config mdns profile

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns detail

debug mdns message

debug mdns message

To debug mDNS messages, use the debug mdns message command.

debug mdns message { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables the debug of mDNS messages.

disable

Disables the debug of mDNS messages.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the debug of mDNS messages:

> debug mdns message enable

Related Commands

config mdns profile

config mdns query interval

config mdns service

config mdns snooping

config interface mdns-profile

config interface group mdns-profile

config wlan mdns

show mdns profile

show mnds service

clear mdns service-database

debug mdns all

debug mdns error

debug mdns detail

debug memory

To enable or disable debugging of errors or events during controller memory allocation, use the debug memory command.

debug memory { errors | events} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

errors

Troubleshoots memory leak errors.

events

Troubleshoots memory leak events.

enable

Enables debugging of memory leak events.

disable

Disables debugging of memory leak events.

Command Default

Disabled.

Examples

This example shows how to enable debugging of memory leak events:


> debug memory events enable

Related Commands

config memory monitor errors

show memory monitor

config memory monitor leaks

debug nmsp

To configure debugging of the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP), use the debug nmsp command.

debug nmsp { all | connection | detail | error | event | message | packet}

Syntax Description

all

Configures debugging for all NMSP messages.

connection

Configures debugging for NMSP connection events.

detail

Configures debugging for NMSP events in detail.

error

Configures debugging for NMSP error messages.

event

Configures debugging for NMSP events.

message

Configures debugging for NMSP transmit and receive messages.

packet

Configures debugging for NMSP packet events.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to configure debugging of NMSP connection events:


> debug nmsp connection

Related Commands

clear nmsp statistics

debug disable-all



config nmsp notify-interval measurement

debug ntp

To configure debugging of the Network Time Protocol (NTP), use the debug ntp command.

debug ntp { detail | low | packet} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

detail

Configures debugging of detailed NTP messages.

low

Configures debugging of NTP messages.

packet

Configures debugging of NTP packets.

enable

Enables NTP debugging.

disable

Disables NTP debugging.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable NTP debug settings:


> debug ntp packet enable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

debug poe

To configure debugging of Power over Ethernet (PoE) debug options, use the debug poe command.

debug poe { detail | message | error} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

detail

Configures debugging of PoE detail logs.

error

Configures debugging of PoE error logs.

message

Configures debugging of PoE messages.

enable

Enables the PoE debugging.

disable

Disables the PoE debugging.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable PoE debug settings:


> debug poe message enable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

debug rbcp

To configure Router Blade Control (RBCP) debug options, use the debug rbcp command.

debug rbcp { all | detail | errors | packet} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

all

Configures debugging of RBCP.

detail

Configures debugging of RBCP detail.

errors

Configures debugging of RBCP errors.

packet

Configures debugging of RBCP packet trace.

enable

Enables RBCP debugging.

disable

Disables RBCP debugging.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable RBCP debug settings:


> debug rbcp packet enable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

debug rfid

To configure radio-frequency identification (RFID) debug options, use the debug rfid command.

debug rfid { all | detail | errors | nmsp | receive} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

all

Configures debugging of all RFID.

detail

Configures debugging of RFID detail.

errors

Configures debugging of RFID error messages.

nmsp

Configures debugging of RFID Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) messages.

receive

Configures debugging of incoming RFID tag messages.

enable

Enables RFID debugging.

disable

Disables RFID debugging.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable debugging of RFID error messages:


> debug rfid errors enable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

debug snmp

To configure SNMP debug options, use the debug snmp command.

debug snmp { agent | all | mib | trap} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

agent

Configures debugging of the SNMP agent.

all

Configures debugging of all SNMP messages.

mib

Configures debugging of the SNMP MIB.

trap

Configures debugging of SNMP traps.

enable

Enables SNMP debugging.

disable

Disables SNMP debugging.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable SNMP debug settings:


> debug snmp trap enable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

debug transfer

To configure transfer debug options, use the debug transfer command.

debug transfer { all | tftp | trace} { enable | disable}

Syntax Description

all

Configures debugging of all transfer messages.

tftp

Configures debugging of TFTP transfers.

trace

Configures debugging of transfer/upgrade.

enable

Enables transfer debugging.

disable

Disables transfer debugging.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to enable transfer/upgrade settings:


> debug transfer trace enable

Related Commands

debug disable-all

debug voice-diag

To trace call or packet flow, use the debug voice-diag command.

debug voice-diag { enable client_mac1 [ client_mac2] [ verbose] | disable}

Syntax Description

enable

Enables voice diagnostics for voice client(s) involved in a call.

client_mac1

MAC address of a voice client.

client_mac2

(Optional) MAC address of an additional voice client.

Note   

Voice diagnostics can be enabled or disabled for a maximum of two voice clients at a time.

verbose

(Optional) Enables debug information to be displayed on the console.

Note   

When voice diagnostics is enabled from the WCS, the verbose option is not available.

disable

Disables voice diagnostics for voice client(s) involved in a call.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Follow these guidelines when you use the debug voice-diag command:

  • When the command is entered, the validity of the client(s) is not checked.
  • A few output messages of the command are sent to the WCS.
  • The command expires automatically after 60 minutes.
  • The command provides the details of the call flow between a pair of client MACs involved in an active call.

    Note


    Voice diagnostics can be enabled for a maximum of two voice clients at a time.


Examples

This example shows how to enable transfer/upgrade settings:


> debug voice-diag enable 00:1a:a1:92:b9:5c 00:1a:a1:92:b5:9c verbose

Related Commands

show client voice-diag

show client calls

show debug

To determine if the MAC address and other flag debugging is enabled or disabled, sse the show debug command.

show debug

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display if debugging is enabled:


> show debug
MAC debugging............................... disabled
Debug Flags Enabled:
  arp error enabled.
  bcast error enabled.

Related Commands

debug mac

show eventlog

To display the event log, use the show eventlog command.

show eventlog

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display the event log entries:


> show eventlog
                                             Time
       File     Line TaskID   Code        d  h  m  s
EVENT> bootos.c  788 125CEBCC AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 125CEBCC AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 125C597C AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 125C597C AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 125C597C AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 125C597C AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 125C597C AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 125C597C AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 1216C36C AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 1216C36C AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 1216C36C AAAAAAAA    0  0  0  6
EVENT> bootos.c  788 1216C36C AAAAAAAA    0  0  0 11

show memory monitor

To display a summary of memory analysis settings and any discovered memory issues, use the show memory monitor command.

show memory monitor [ detail]

Syntax Description

detail

(Optional) Displays details of any memory leaks or corruption.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

Be careful when changing the defaults for the config memory monitor command unless you know what you are doing, you have detected a problem, or you are collecting troubleshooting information.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of memory monitoring settings and a summary of test results:


> show memory monitor
Memory Leak Monitor Status:
low_threshold(10000), high_threshold(30000), current status(disabled)
-------------------------------------------
Memory Error Monitor Status:
Crash-on-error flag currently set to (disabled)
No memory error detected.

This example shows how to display the monitor test results:


> show memory monitor detail
Memory error detected. Details:
------------------------------------------------
- Corruption detected at pmalloc entry address:        (0x179a7ec0)
- Corrupt entry:headerMagic(0xdeadf00d),trailer(0xabcd),poison(0xreadceef),
entrysize(128),bytes(100),thread(Unknown task name,task id = (332096592)),
file(pmalloc.c),line(1736),time(1027)
Previous 1K memory dump from error location.
------------------------------------------------
(179a7ac0): 00000000 00000000 00000000 ceeff00d readf00d 00000080 00000000 00000000
(179a7ae0): 17958b20 00000000 1175608c 00000078 00000000 readceef 179a7afc 00000001
(179a7b00): 00000003 00000006 00000001 00000004 00000001 00000009 00000009 0000020d
(179a7b20): 00000001 00000002 00000002 00000001 00000004 00000000 00000000 5d7b9aba
(179a7b40): cbddf004 192f465e 7791acc8 e5032242 5365788c a1b7cee6 00000000 00000000
(179a7b60): 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ceeff00d readf00d 00000080
(179a7b80): 00000000 00000000 17958dc0 00000000 1175608c 00000078 00000000 readceef
(179a7ba0): 179a7ba4 00000001 00000003 00000006 00000001 00000004 00000001 00003763
(179a7c00): 1722246c 1722246c 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ceeff00d
(179a7c20): readf00d 00000080 00000000 00000000 179a7b78 00000000 1175608c 00000078
...

Related Commands

config memory monitor errors

config memory monitor leaks

debug memory

show run-config

To display a comprehensive view of the current Cisco wireless LAN controller configuration, use the show run-config command.

show run-config [ no-ap | commands]

Syntax Description

no-ap

(Optional) Excludes access point configuration settings.

commands

(Optional) Displays a list of user-configured commands on the controller.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

These commands have replaced the show running-config command.

Some WLAN controllers may have no Crypto Accelerator (VPN termination module) or power supplies listed because they have no provisions for VPN termination modules or power supplies.

The show run-config command shows only values configured by the user. It does not show system-configured default values.

Examples

This example shows how to display the current controller running configuration:


> show run-config
Press Enter to continue...
System Inventory
Switch Description............................... Cisco Controller
Machine Model....................................
Serial Number.................................... FLS0923003B
Burned-in MAC Address............................ xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
Crypto Accelerator 1............................. Absent
Crypto Accelerator 2............................. Absent
Power Supply 1................................... Absent
Power Supply 2................................... Present, OK
Press Enter to continue Or <Ctl Z> to abort...

Related Commands

config passwd-cleartext

show process

To display how various processes in the system are using the CPU at that instant in time, use the show process command.

show process { cpu | memory}

Syntax Description

cpu

Displays how various system tasks are using the CPU at that moment.

memory

Displays the allocation and deallocation of memory from various processes in the system at that moment.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

This command is helpful in understanding if any single task is monopolizing the CPU and preventing other tasks from being performed.

Examples

This example shows how to display various tasks in the system that are using the CPU at a given moment:


> show process cpu
Name				Priority 			CPU Use 			Reaper
 reaperWatcher				( 3/124) 			0 %			( 0/ 0)% 			I
 osapiReaper				(10/121) 			0 % 			( 0/ 0)% 			I
 TempStatus				(255/ 1) 			0 % 			( 0/ 0)% 			I
 emWeb				(255/ 1) 			0 % 			( 0/ 0)% 			T 300
 cliWebTask				(255/ 1) 			0 % 			( 0/ 0)% 			I
 UtilTask				(255/ 1) 			0 % 			( 0/ 0)% 			T 300

This example shows how to display the allocation and deallocation of memory from various processes at a given moment:


> show process memory
Name				Priority 			BytesinUse 			Reaper
 reaperWatcher				( 3/124) 			0			( 0/ 0)% 			I
 osapiReaper				(10/121) 			0 			( 0/ 0)% 			I
 TempStatus				(255/ 1) 			308 			( 0/ 0)% 			I
 emWeb				(255/ 1) 			294440 			( 0/ 0)% 			T 300
 cliWebTask				(255/ 1) 			738 			( 0/ 0)% 			I
 UtilTask				(255/ 1) 			308 			( 0/ 0)% 			T 300

Related Commands

debug memory

transfer upload datatype

show tech-support

To display Cisco wireless LAN controller variables frequently requested by Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC), use the show tech-support command.

show tech-support

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to display system resource information:


> show tech-support
Current CPU Load................................. 0%
System Buffers
   Max Free Buffers.............................. 4608
   Free Buffers.................................. 4604
   Buffers In Use................................ 4
Web Server Resources
   Descriptors Allocated......................... 152
   Descriptors Used.............................. 3
   Segments Allocated............................ 152
   Segments Used................................. 3
System Resources
   Uptime........................................ 747040 Secs
   Total Ram..................................... 127552 Kbytes
   Free Ram...................................... 19540 Kbytes
   Shared Ram.................................... 0 Kbytes
   Buffer Ram.................................... 460 Kbytes

Configure Memory Monitor Commands

To troubleshoot hard-to-solve or hard-to-reproduce memory problems, use the config memory monitor commands.


Note


The commands in this section can be disruptive to your system and should be run only when you are advised to do so by the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC).


config memory monitor errors

To enable or disable monitoring for memory errors and leaks, use the config memory monitor errors command:

config memory monitor errors { enable | disable}


Caution


The config memory monitor commands can be disruptive to your system and should be run only when you are advised to do so by the Cisco TAC.


Syntax Description

enable

Enables the monitoring for memory settings.

disable

Disables the monitoring for memory settings.

Command Default

Disabled by default.

Usage Guidelines


Note


Be cautious about changing the defaults for the config memory monitor command unless you know what you are doing, you have detected a problem, or you are collecting troubleshooting information.


Examples

This example shows how to enable monitoring for memory errors and leaks for a controller:


> config memory monitor errors enable

Related Commands

config memory monitor leaks

debug memory

show memory monitor

config memory monitor leaks

To configure the controller to perform an auto-leak analysis between two memory thresholds, use the config memory monitor leaks command.

config memory monitor leaks low_thresh high_thresh


Caution


The config memory monitor commands can be disruptive to your system and should be run only when you are advised to do so by the Cisco TAC.


Syntax Description

low_thresh

Value below which free memory cannot fall without crashing. This value cannot be set lower than 10000 KB.

high_thresh

Value below which the controller enters auto-leak-analysis mode. See the “Usage Guidelines” section.

Command Default

The default value for low_thresh is 10000 KB; the default value for high_thresh is 30000 KB.

Usage Guidelines


Note


Be cautious about changing the defaults for the config memory monitor command unless you know what you are doing, you have detected a problem, or you are collecting troubleshooting information.


Use this command if you suspect that a memory leak has occurred.

If the free memory is lower than the low_thresh threshold, the system crashes, generating a crash file. The default value for this parameter is 10000 KB, and you cannot set it below this value.

Set the high_thresh threshold to the current free memory level or higher so that the system enters auto-leak-analysis mode. After the free memory reaches a level lower than the specified high_thresh threshold, the process of tracking and freeing memory allocation begins. As a result, the debug memory events enable command shows all allocations and frees, and the show memory monitor detail command starts to detect any suspected memory leaks.

Examples

This example shows how to set the threshold values for auto-leak-analysis mode to 12000 KB for the low threshold and 35000 KB for the high threshold:


> config memory monitor leaks 12000 35000

Related Commands

config memory monitor leaks

debug memory

show memory monitor

Configure Message Log Level Commands

Use the config msglog commands to configure msglog level settings.

config msglog level critical

To reset the message log so that it collects and displays only critical (highest-level) messages, use the config msglog level critical command.

config msglog level critical

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Usage Guidelines

The message log always collects and displays critical messages, regardless of the message log level setting.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the message log severity level and display critical messages:


> config msglog level critical

Related Commands

show msglog

config msglog level error

To reset the message log so that it collects and displays both critical (highest-level) and error (second-highest) messages, use the config msglog level error command.

config msglog level error

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to reset the message log to collect and display critical and noncritical error messages:


> config msglog level error

Related Commands

show msglog

config msglog level security

To reset the message log so that it collects and displays critical (highest-level), error (second-highest), and security (third-highest) messages, use the config msglog level security command.

config msglog level security

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to reset the message log so that it collects and display critical, noncritical, and authentication or security-related errors:


> config msglog level security

Related Commands

show msglog

config msglog level verbose

To reset the message log so that it collects and displays all messages, use the config msglog level verbose command.

config msglog level verbose

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to reset the message logs so that it collects and display all messages:


> config msglog level verbose

Related Commands

show msglog

config msglog level warning

To reset the message log so that it collects and displays critical (highest-level), error (second-highest), security (third-highest), and warning (fourth-highest) messages, use the config msglog level warning command.

config msglog level warning

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None.

Examples

This example shows how to reset the message log so that it collects and displays warning messages in addition to critical, noncritical, and authentication or security-related errors:


> config msglog level warning

Related Commands

show msglog